DIALOGIC CORP
10-K, 1998-03-27
COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Previous: OSAGE SYSTEMS GROUP INC, 8-K, 1998-03-27
Next: LAMAR ADVERTISING CO, 15-12B, 1998-03-27



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                            ________________________

                                   FORM 10-K

[X] Annual  Report  Pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934 for the fiscal  year ended December 31, 1997.

[ ]  Transition  Report  Pursuant  to  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act  of  1934  for  the transition period from ____ to ______.

                        Commission File Number 33-59598

                              DIALOGIC CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         New Jersey                                      22-2476114
(State or other jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
incorporation or organization)

           1515 Route 10, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 (973) 993-3000
      (Address and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's
                          principal executive office)

       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: none.

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                              Title of each class

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                    Yes   [X]          No  [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  the  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     Aggregate  market  value  of  voting  stock  held by  non-affiliates  as of
February 1, 1998 was approximately $352,203,000.

     Number of shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding  as of  February  1,  1998:
16,122,367.

     Documents incorporated by reference:  Annual report to shareholders for the
year ended  December  31, 1997  (Part II);  Definitive  proxy  statement for the
registrant's 1998 annual meeting of shareholders (Part III).

<PAGE>
                              DIALOGIC CORPORATION
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I                                                                 Page


Item 1  Business of the Company                                            3
Item 2  Properties                                                        25
Item 3  Legal Proceedings                                                 25
Item 4  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders               27
Item 4A Executive  Officers of the Registrant                             27

PART II

Item 5  Market  for  the   Registrant's   Common  Equity 
        and Related Stockholder Matters                                   30
Item 6  Selected Financial Data                                           30
Item 7  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Results of
        Operations and Financial  Condition                               30
Item 7A Quantitative   and  Qualitative Disclosure About Market
        Risk                                                              30
Item 8  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                       30
Item 9  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with Accountants 
        on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                            30

PART III 

Item 10 Directors of the Registrant                                       31
Item 11 Executive Compensation                                            31
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management    31
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                    31

PART IV

Item 14 Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K  32

Signatures     .........................................................  39

<PAGE>

Item 1.  Business of the Company

Introduction

     Incorporated in New Jersey in 1983, Dialogic  Corporation has its principal
executive  offices located at 1515 Route 10,  Parsippany,  New Jersey 07054. The
terms  "Company" and "Dialogic"  used in this report refer to the Registrant and
its  consolidated   subsidiaries  unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise(1).
Acquired  companies  include  GammaLink,  a  manufacturer  of  facsimile  boards
("GammaLink"),  and Dianatel  Corporation,  a  manufacturer  of digital  network
interface and other signal computer  products  ("Dianatel"),  each of which have
been merged into the Company.

     On  February  17,  1998,  the  Company  sold  the  assets  of its  Spectron
Microsystems,  Inc. subsidiary to Texas Instruments,  Inc. for approximately $26
million  in  cash  and  the   assumption  of   substantially   all  of  Spectron
Microsystems'  liabilities.   Spectron  Microsystems  was  in  the  business  of
developing software for DSP operating systems.

     This Annual Report contains certain  forward-looking  statements within the
meaning   of  the   Private   Securities   Litigation   Reform   Act   of   1995
("Forward-Looking  Statements").  Such  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected  in such  Forward-Looking  Statements.  Certain  factors  which  could
materially  affect such  results and the future  performance  of the Company are
described below under "-- Risk Factors".

General

     Dialogic  designs,  manufactures  and markets  hardware and software signal
computing components for "computer  telephony" systems.  "Computer telephony" is
the term used to encompass a wide variety of technologies and applications  that
use the  information  processing  capabilities of a computer (often a server) to
add intelligence to telephone functions and to combine these functions with data
processing.  The Company's  products are offered as modular building blocks that
enable  its  customers--primarily  VARs,  OEMs,  systems  integrators,   service
providers and applications developers--to design computer telephony systems that
meet the applications demands of their end-user customers. Dialogic has promoted
the acceptance of open, non-proprietary computer telephony systems, enabling its
customers  to  respond  to  end-user  demand  for  standards-based  systems  and
expanding  the  types of  systems  into  which  the  Company's  products  may be
incorporated.  The Company's customers vary in size from small ventures to major
computer and telecommunications companies worldwide.

     The Company's  signal  computing  products receive and process signals from
telecommunications  networks  and  perform  computing  functions  to convert the
signals  to data  

_________________
(1)  Dialogic,  GammaLink,  Dianatel  and many of the  Company's  product  names
referred to herein are  trademarks  or trade names of the  Company.  This Annual
Report  also  includes  references  to  trademarks  and  trade  names  of  other
companies.

<PAGE>

appropriate for various types of computer systems. These computing functions are
based upon algorithms for a variety of features,  including  voice  compression,
voice storage,  speech recognition,  tone recognition and facsimile compression.
Conversely,  the Company's signal computing products also take computer data and
convert it to  signals  compatible  with  telecommunications  networks  by using
algorithms  for features such as speech  synthesis,  voice  decompression,  tone
signaling  and  facsimile  generation.   Dialogic's  signal  computing  products
typically  combine two  elements--a  signal  processing  resource  and a network
interface.  Signal  processing  resources  perform specific  functions.  Network
interfaces connect a system, normally a personal computer, to telephone and data
networks.  Dialogic's  hardware  products  are  offered  in the form of  circuit
boards/platforms  to be installed in a variety of computer chassis.  The Company
also licenses the use of various software products.

     Dialogic  offers a broad  product  line,  allowing its customers to develop
computer  telephony   applications  with  components  that  are  compatible  and
scaleable across different ranges of density and performance.  Such applications
include:

     Database  interaction  applications,   which  query  and  make  changes  to
databases based on touchtone or voice input, including:

             Audiotex  - giving  24-hour  telephone  access  to a  menu-selected
                         database of recorded (spoken) information

             Fax-on-demand - giving 24-hour telephone  access to a menu-selected
                         database of printed information

             Interactive voice response - giving 24-hour telephone access,  with
                         update privileges, to an indexed database of records

             Interactive  fax  response  -  faxing  hard-copy  confirmations  of
                         touchtone queries or transactions

    Fax and voice messaging applications, including:

            Voice mail

            Fax servers, which pool fax resources across a network of users, for
               the purpose of broadcasting fax messages and storing fax messages
               for later retrieval

            Paging

            Unified  messaging,  which presents  e-mail,  fax and voice messages
               through one screen interface and converts from e-mail to fax or 
               voice for remote telephone access

    Intelligent  call  control   applications,   which  automate  services  that
once  required  the intervention of an operator, including:

            Call centers, where a large number of agents process inbound 
                    requests or outbound sales calls

            Help desk automation, which directs a call to the support staffer 
                    with the appropriate expertise

            Conferencing,  which enables more than two parties to call a control
                    number,  with active or passive (i.e., listening) privileges

            Predictive/autodialing,  which  dials out to lists of phone numbers,
                    screens out  certain  calls  (e.g., no-answers) and delivers
                    live prospects to telemarketing agents

            Personal  communications  agents,  which  screen  and  forward calls
                    based  on a  user's  itinerary  and instructions

   Internet gateway applications, including:

            Voice over the Internet

            Fax over the Internet


Strategy

          The  first  computer  telephony  systems,  like  the  first  computing
systems,  were built using proprietary hardware and software.  Over the last few
years numerous computer telephony vendors have adopted open, or non-proprietary,
personal  computer  ("PC")  platforms and standard  operating  systems,  such as
Windows  NT,  Windows 95,  UNIX,  OS/2,  or DOS,  as elements of their  computer
telephony systems. This shift toward open platforms has been driven by the rapid
increase  in  performance  and power of  standard  microprocessors,  the general
availability  of  add-on  hardware  and  software  components,   growth  in  the
functionality of the PC and cost savings due to lower PC prices.

          The  Company's  strategy is to position  Dialogic to benefit  from the
growing acceptance of open call processing systems. The Company seeks to support
this strategy through the following approaches:

          Advocate Open Systems.  The Company  believes that open  architectures
          provide many advantages to systems developers,  including (i) reducing
          the time  needed  to bring  new  products  to  market,  (ii)  reducing
          customers'   maintenance  and  continuing   engineering  costs,  (iii)
          providing  access  to  a  variety  of  technologies  from  third-party
          vendors,  (iv)

<PAGE>
          enabling  customers to focus their  efforts on marketing  and end-user
          applications,  (v)  protecting  customers  so that  they  will  not be
          dependent upon a particular technology and therefore be precluded from
          accessing new technologies  and (vi) enabling  customers and end-users
          to benefit from the economies  associated with open architectures.  As
          part of its  commitment to open  architectures,  Dialogic  designs its
          modular  components to satisfy  established  industry  standards.  Its
          products  work in a  variety  of PC  platforms  and form  factors  and
          support  standard  operating  systems.  Furthermore,  to  support  its
          international sales efforts,  the Company designs its products to meet
          international telecommunications standards. At the same time, Dialogic
          advocates  the  value  to  end  users  of  requesting  their  computer
          telephony  vendors to provide open systems,  thereby  encouraging  the
          "pull through" of open components.

          Develop Signal Computing  Technologies.  Dialogic believes that voice,
          image and data processing technologies are converging at a rapid rate.
          This  convergence  is  reflected  in the demand for unified  messaging
          systems in the  telecommunications  and computing  industries.  In the
          telecommunications  field, voice processing systems are being designed
          to integrate  voice, fax and e-mail  messages;  similarly,  within the
          computing industry, unified messaging may be addressed by servers that
          provide the client with access to voice, fax and e-mail  messages.  By
          focusing on signal computing  technologies,  such as the Company's DM3
          Mediastream   Architecture,   Dialogic  seeks  to  have  its  products
          incorporated in a wide variety of business computing applications that
          address one or more voice, image and data processing functions.  As PC
          platforms decline in price and continue to be widely deployed,  and as
          reliable,  user-friendly  multi-tasking  operating systems become more
          widely  accepted,  the Company  intends to provide its customers  with
          products  that  support  multi-application  uses and that benefit from
          this technological convergence. This statement regarding the Company's
          intent  constitutes a  Forward-Looking  Statement.  Actual results may
          differ  from  the  Company's  intentions  as a result  of a number  of
          factors,  including the extent to which the Company is able to respond
          to technological  developments and competitive responses.  See "--Risk
          Factors".

          Initiate and Promote Uniform  Standards.  Dialogic's  Signal Computing
          System Architecture  ("SCSA") reflects the Company's commitment to the
          expansion  of  existing  call  processing   technology   through  open
          architectures.  The goal of SCSA is to develop and gain broad domestic
          and  international  acceptance  for a variety  of  computer  telephony
          standards and  technologies.  The  essential  elements of SCSA are the
          development  of  (i)  software  standards  for  use  by  the  computer
          telephony industry, (ii) buses with increased bandwidth and capability
          to support  high  capacity  platforms,  (iii) a wide range of products
          available  from  multiple  vendors that enable  systems  developers to
          integrate voice, image and data technologies in order to build unified
          messaging   solutions   and  (iv)   technologies   that  will   permit
          scaleability  from  single  node  stand-alone  systems  to  multi-node
          distributed systems,  thereby allowing customers to expand from low to
          high capacity products with relative ease. SCSA  participants  include
          computer  suppliers,  component  manufacturers,   hardware  suppliers,
          algorithm and technology developers, call processing systems suppliers
          and leading telecommunications equipment manufacturers.  Substantially
          all  of  the  major  products  in  Dialogic's   current  product  line
          incorporate  one 

<PAGE>

          or more aspects of SCSA. In 1995,  Dialogic  joined Digital  Equipment
          Corporation, Ericsson Business Networks,  Hewlett-Packard and Northern
          Telecom in forming the Enterprise  Computer  Telephony Forum ("ECTF").
          The  principal  goal  of the  ECTF  is to  oversee  the  evolution  of
          industry-wide   standards   implementation  for  computer   telephony.
          Dialogic has  contributed  to ECTF its  Telephone  Application  Object
          (TAO) software  framework to assist in the  development of a series of
          open  interfaces.  In the Internet field,  Dialogic has been active in
          the  VON  Coalition,  the  International  Multimedia  Teleconferencing
          Consortium and other bodies advocating standards for Internet products
          that  will  enable  different   vendors'   gateways  and  products  to
          interoperate.

          Leverage  Technological  Expertise in Computer  Telephony.  Dialogic's
          core technical  competence is the  development  of computer  telephony
          technologies that are embedded in the Company's hardware, software and
          digital  signal  processing  algorithms.  Dialogic  believes  that its
          future  success  depends  upon its ability to  continually  expand its
          technical  capabilities and to provide technically advanced components
          that are responsive to technological  advances and changes in industry
          standards. Accordingly, the Company spends, and intends to continue to
          spend, substantial amounts on research and development.  Statements in
          this Annual Report regarding future research and development  spending
          constitute Forward Looking Statements.  See "--Risk Factors".  Factors
          that  could  affect the level of  research  and  development  spending
          include market conditions, the nature of customer demand, competitors'
          product  announcements,  patent and/or license availability and claims
          and regulatory requirements.

          Provide Customers with a Broad Range of Products. Dialogic enables its
          systems  developer  customers  to develop  and offer a broad  range of
          applications  by providing its customers with building blocks that are
          designed to conform to widely accepted standards, much in the same way
          that the  standardization  of PC  platforms  has resulted in an entire
          industry of data processing software developers. The Company's modular
          approach also enables  systems  developers  and  integrators  to build
          progressively  larger systems with more  application  features without
          making significant changes in the underlying technologies.

          Develop Collaborative Customer  Relationships.  Dialogic believes that
          it is essential to maintain close communications with its customers in
          order to understand  their needs.  Through  contacts at both the field
          and management  levels,  the Company  reviews  application  design and
          hardware  configuration  issues and  application  objectives  with its
          customers.  Dialogic  seeks to serve as a problem solver in helping to
          construct new and enhanced call processing  systems.  The Company also
          seeks  to  educate  systems   developers  about  the  broad  range  of
          applications  that  may be  provided  through  use  of  the  Company's
          computer telephony components, in part by conducting seminars to train
          customers' engineers in the use and potential applications of Dialogic
          modules.  To this end, Dialogic has helped create Dialogic User Forum,
          Inc., a body designed to facilitate customer feedback to Dialogic.

<PAGE>
          Expand  International  Presence.  Dialogic  believes  that advances in
          voice, image and data processing  technologies,  growing international
          acceptance  of the  benefits  available  from these  technologies  and
          deregulation and  privatization  of  international  telecommunications
          networks  will  drive  increased   acceptance  of  computer  telephony
          technology in  international  markets.  Thus,  during  February  1997,
          negotiators  at the  World  Trade  Organization  in  Geneva  signed  a
          telecommunications   pact  designed  to  open  telephony   markets  to
          competition.  Statements  on  future  market  acceptance  are  Forward
          Looking  Statements.  See "--Risk Factors." No assurances can be given
          with respect to the pace of deregulation and privatization,  which may
          differ  significantly  from  country to country or the degree to which
          deregulation  and  privatization  will  result in demand  for  Company
          products.  The Company's  familiarity  with  international  regulatory
          requirements  has  enabled it to gain  approvals  for its  products in
          several  international  markets, thus providing its customers with the
          opportunity  to reduce the time  necessary  to market  their  products
          internationally.

          Complement   Internal   Growth   with   Strategic   Acquisitions   and
          Investments.  Prior to the  acquisition  of  GammaLink  in June  1994,
          Dialogic's   growth  had   occurred   principally   through   internal
          development. However, as reflected in its past transactions,  Dialogic
          believes  that  opportunities  exist to extend and enhance its current
          lines of business and distribution capabilities through investments in
          or acquisitions of businesses in the computer  telephony  industry and
          related   fields.    Management   intends   to   analyze   acquisition
          opportunities  that  become  available  to the Company and to consider
          pursuing  those   opportunities  that  complement  or  supplement  its
          business strategies.

Dialogic's  presentation above of its business strategies reflects the Company's
planning for the future and thus may constitute a Forward-Looking  Statement. No
assurance  can be given as to whether or as to the extent that the Company  will
be  successful  in the pursuit of its business  strategies.  Factors which could
impact the Company's ability to pursue such strategies are set forth below under
"--Risk Factors".

Products

          Dialogic's  signal  computing  products are computer  expansion boards
which typically fit in a PC chassis and operate under the control of an industry
standard PC operating system, such as Windows NT, Windows 95, UNIX, OS/2 or DOS.
With its emphasis on developing  modular building blocks for computer  telephony
systems,  Dialogic  offers products that operate over a continuum in performance
and  density.   Its  traditional  products  enable  developers  to  create  call
processing systems with voice processing,  facsimile,  data, speech recognition,
and speech synthesis capabilities.  Its high density products, introduced during
1994 as the Company's first  implementation of SCSA,  provide advanced switching
and computer telephony features that enable Dialogic's customers to extend their
product offerings into call center and enhanced services  environments.  Its VME
platform products, consisting of high density products based on the VME computer
bus and form factor,  are designed to support existing call processing  features
with significant enhancements for telephone central office use.

<PAGE>

          Dialogic's  products  typically  include  two  elements  -  a  network
interface and signal processing  resources.  Network  interfaces  connect a call
processing system to telephone and data networks.  Signal  processing  resources
use digital signal processing  techniques to perform useful computing functions,
such as  digitalization  and  compression,  on telephony and data  signals.  The
Company's  product  line  includes  network  interfaces  and  signal  processing
resources for voice processing, fax and data processing,  speech recognition and
speech  synthesis,  as well as an open  signal  processing  platform  for a wide
variety of Dialogic and third party  algorithms.  The product line also includes
system software for developing applications.

Technologies Supported by Dialogic Products

          Dialogic's   platforms  support  a  variety  of  technologies,   whose
functionality in finished products is largely driven by application software and
middleware  supplied by the Company's customers and other  third-parties.  These
technologies include:

     Voice. Voice technology  involves processing and manipulating audio signals
     in  a  computer  telephony  system.   Voice  technology  functions  include
     filtering,  analyzing,   recording,   digitizing,   compressing,   storing,
     expanding and replaying such signals, as well as receiving, recognizing and
     generating  specific  telephone  and  network  tones.  In  addition,   this
     technology includes multiparty voice conferencing.

     Network Interfaces.  A call coming from the telephone network to a computer
     telephony  system can be carried on a variety of lines,  from  analog  loop
     start to digital,  T-1 and E-1 and primary rate integrated services digital
     network (ISDN) lines. These calls can be routed to analog and digital basic
     rate interface (BRI) station devices for call center applications. Dialogic
     manufactures  and sells  platforms that are compatible with various popular
     network interfaces utilized throughout the world.

     Facsimile.  Fax technology  transmits a copy of  paper-based  documents and
     images over telephone lines. In a PC-based system,  fax technology can also
     transmit and receive computer-generated files.

     Automatic Speech Recognition  ("ASR").  ASR is an algorithm that recognizes
     human  speech.  Speaker-independent  ASR can  recognize a limited  group of
     words and numbers  from any caller.  Speaker-dependent  ASR can  identify a
     large vocabulary of commands from a specific speaker.

     Text-to-Speech  ("TTS").  TTS is an algorithm that generates  intelligible,
     synthetic  speech from text stored in computer  files,  designed to provide
     access to information  that would be too expensive or impractical to record
     using voice technology.

     Switching.  Switching  involves routing,  transferring and connecting voice
     signals between multiple chassis.

<PAGE>

Low and Medium Density Voice Processing Resources

          Dialogic's  platforms span a range of system densities.  By developing
products in a modular  approach that allows  customers to expand the performance
capabilities  of their systems in a scaleable  manner,  Dialogic seeks to enable
its  customers to select a  performance  range that most suits their systems and
their target markets.  Dialogic's basic low density voice processing  platforms,
the D/21H and D/41H,  provide  voice  processing  and analog  network  interface
functions  simultaneously  on two or four  independent  telephone  lines.  These
products connect directly to the telephone lines,  automatically  answer inbound
calls, detect touchtones,  play voice messages to a caller,  digitize,  compress
and record voice signals,  make outbound  calls,  and  automatically  report the
results  of  outbound  calls.  The  D/21H and D/41H  provide  standard  features
required for most voice processing applications,  including voice mail and voice
messaging,   interactive   voice  response,   audiotex,   inbound  and  outbound
telemarketing,   operator  services,  dictation,  auto  dialers,   telecomputing
services, notification systems and on-line data entry and query.

          During 1996, Dialogic  introduced the DIALOG/4,  a half size four port
voice processing  platform designed for computer  telephony  installations  that
cannot support full-size voice boards. This product provides four telephone line
interface  circuits  that  connect  directly  to analog  loop start  lines.  The
functions  and  applications  are  similar to the D/21H and D/41H and,  like the
D/41H, is scaleable up to 64 ports.  Dialogic also introduced its Proline/2V two
port voice processing board during 1996.  Designed for small computer  telephone
system  development,  multiple Proline/2V boards can be installed in a single PC
chassis for system expansion up to 32 ports.

          The  D/42-SX,  D/42D-SL,  D/42-NS and  D/42-NE2  are voice  processing
boards with network  interface  daughterboards  which  emulate  proprietary  PBX
station sets and provide  connections to four PBX lines.  These products connect
to the Mitel SX, Northern  Telecom SL-1,  Northern  Telecom Norstar and NEC NEAX
switches,  respectively.  These products are used to provide special integration
features in a call processing application.

          Dialogic's low and medium density voice processing resources typically
reflect a dual-processor architecture, consisting of a DSP and a general purpose
microprocessor.  This imbedded  architecture handles all telephony signaling and
performs touchtone and audio/voice signal processing tasks.

High Density Products

          Voice Processing

          Dialogic's  D/160SC-LS,   D/240SC-TI,   D/300SC-E1,   D/480SC-T1,  and
D/600SC-E1  are 16, 24, 30, 48 and 60 port DSP - based voice boards with onboard
analog,  digital  T-1 and  digital  E-1  telephone  interfaces.  Based upon SCSA
standards,  these platforms  enable  developers to build high density systems by
configuring   multiple  boards  in  a  single  PC.  Applications  include  voice
messaging,  interactive voice response, voice/audio response, audiotex, operator
services, 

<PAGE>
telemarketing/call  centers,  dictation, auto dialers,  notification systems and
on-line  data entry and query.  The  Company's  1996  introduction  of Dual Span
boards doubled the available density.

          In 1997, the Company  introduced its QuadSpan  series of digital voice
and network interface  boards.  These platforms provide four E-1 or T-1 lines of
service termination and call processing for up to 120 voice channels in a single
PC slot. The QuadSpan  boards are  functionally  equivalent to four  single-span
boards, such as the D/300SC-E1, combined into one single-slot board.

          Network Interfaces

          The Company offers several high capacity network interfaces to connect
computer telephony applications to public and private telephone networks.  These
network  interfaces  connect a  telephone  line and  handle  all of the  network
signaling  necessary  between the call processing system and the telephone line.
Telephone lines vary in complexity, from a normal analog tip-and-ring line found
in most homes to an integrated  services  digital  network  (ISDN) line that can
carry  more  than two  million  digital  bits  per  second.  Dialogic's  network
interface products include the following:

          The LSI/81SC and LSI/160SC are analog  interface  boards which provide
          loop  start  telephone  network   connections  for  8  and  16  lines,
          respectively.  These boards  connect to other call  processing  boards
          over a digital bus and are designed for SCSA-based  computer telephony
          systems.

          The  DT1/240SC,   DT1/241SC,  DT1/300SC,  and  DT1/301SC  are  digital
          interface  boards which provide T1/E1 network  connections  for 24 T-1
          and 30 E-1 lines. These boards, which connect to other call processing
          boards over a digital bus,  support  Dialogic's SCbus and also provide
          access to  worldwide  ISDN  networks.  Dual span  configurations  (the
          DT1/480SC,   DT1/600SC,  DT1/960SC,  and  DT1/1200SC)  permit  similar
          connections for 48 and 96 T-1 and 60 and 20 E-1 lines.

          The D/240PCI-T1 and D/300PCI-E1,  introduced in 1997, are high density
          PCI versions of the D/240SC-T1 and D/300SC-E1 CT boards.  These boards
          provide the network protocol  support,  voice processing  features and
          sophisticated  switching fabric required to bridge multiple technology
          resources like fax, IP  connectivity  and speech  technologies  on PCI
          servers.

          The MS1/240SC is a station  interface board which provide  connections
          to telephones and headsets.  These products are used to connect agents
          to  a  call  processing  system  for  call  center  applications.  The
          MS1/240SC supports Dialogic's SCbus.

<PAGE>


          Antares

          The Antares  Open  Platform  is a general  purpose  signal  processing
platform which connects to other call  processing  platforms over a digital bus.
This  platform  was  designed  to be  compatible  with  SCSA  standards  and  to
facilitate the integration of a wide variety of  technologies  from Dialogic and
third parties into a single call  processing  system.  It runs the SPOX realtime
DSP operating system,  and is sold with a set of software  development tools. An
Antares  development  kit consists of an Antares card,  SPOX, DSP tools and SCSA
software.

          Application   developers   can  use   Antares'   single   standardized
programming  interface to port their  technologies to the Antares platform.  The
Antares  platform can be used in various  stages of  technology  implementation,
from initial  algorithm  development and rapid prototyping  through  large-scale
deployment.

          Each  of  the  four  DSPs  on the  Antares  platform  provides  enough
processing  power  to  support  one or  more  types  of  technology.  Therefore,
application developers can download algorithms supporting different technologies
to each of the DSPs,  allowing the creation of a  multifunctional  platform that
can support,  for example,  both ASR and TTS. These  technologies can be used to
support  multiple  applications  on a  single  platform,  or they may be used at
different times within a single  application.  Technologies  that can be used to
develop  applications on the Antares platform include ASR, TTS, call processing,
data communications and fax image processing.

          Various third-parties have developed enhanced software for the Antares
platform.  Speech  recognition  capability,  provided by companies such as Voice
Control Systems,  Lernout & Hauspie,  PureSpeech,  Telefonica,  CSELT and France
Telecom/CNET,  enables call processing applications to interpret words spoken by
a telephone caller. Enhanced capabilities include continuous speech recognition,
alphabet recognition and speaker verification.  Text-to-speech software has been
developed for the Antares platform by Lernout & Hauspie,  Centigram,  Telefonica
and CSELT.  These products  convert ASCII text to synthesized  speech,  enabling
call processing  applications to play back information files which are too large
or dynamic to be pre-recorded.

          Open Buses

          Many  of  the  Company's   products   incorporate  buses  that  embody
technology  developed by Dialogic.  Buses connect  resource  modules and network
interfaces to enable VARs and OEMs to expand their systems in a modular  manner.
The Company's  buses are utilized not only for connecting  Dialogic  components,
but also for connecting products made by third parties.

          Dialogic's SCbus signal computing bus is a third generation system bus
that is implemented on a custom integrated circuit (the SC 2000), made available
to all SCSA  developers  and designed for systems that require  especially  fast
connections.  The SCbus has  compatibility  modes for the PEB,  the  Siemens PCM
Highway, the Mitel STbus and other  communications  buses. The SCbus provides up
to 131 megabits per second,  equivalent to 2,048 

<PAGE>

channels,  for  interconnecting  sophisticated  SCSA-based  systems.  While  the
Company  continues  to support the earlier  Analog  Expansion  Bus (AEB) and PCM
Expansion  Bus  (PEB),  its  principal  bus  focal  point  is on  the  switching
capabilities  of the SCbus.  As a result,  the  Company is seeking to expand the
number and types of its products that are SCbus-compatible.

          VME Products

          Dialogic has developed a family of high density platforms  supplied in
the VME form factor.  "VME" represents a global industrial standard for computer
chassis that allows easy front access for maintenance  purposes.  Dialogic's VME
products  support  standard  features  of the  Company's  product  line  and are
intended to furnish technology  enhancements for advanced intelligent  networks,
including  higher  port  density  for  lower  cost  per port  efficiency,  SCbus
integration,   non-PC   telephony  grade  hardware,   central  office  switching
capability and multiple operating system support.

 
Facsimile and Data Resources

          Prior to its  acquisition  of  GammaLink in June 1994,  the  Company's
facsimile  products  were  designed  primarily  for  voice-processing  intensive
applications that require facsimile  capability.  The newest generation of these
products are the VFX/40SC,  VFX/40ESC and  VFX/40ESC-plus  four-port fax boards.
These boards are four channel  daughter-boards  which  connect to the D/41ESC to
provide  integrated voice and fax processing in a single PC slot. By integrating
voice and fax  processing,  these  products  enable users to take advantage of a
variety of applications,  including  fax-on-demand,  facsimile  broadcasting and
facsimile messaging.

          With the  GammaLink  acquisition,  the Company  expanded its facsimile
product line to include products that provide  scaleable  facsimile  density for
facsimile-only  applications  or for  applications  with  significant  facsimile
volume, including LAN faxing, image servers, broadcast servers, host servers and
service bureaus.  GammaLink's  enterprise fax family of products are utilized in
small and medium-sized  facsimile systems,  fax gateways and LAN-based facsimile
servers.  GammaLink's  telco fax family of products are high performance  boards
used in high  volume  fax  broadcast,  interactive  voice/fax  response  and T-1
connections  for fax.  These telco  products  can be used in a  resource-sharing
manner  with  Dialogic's  voice   processing   products  through  the  switching
capabilities of the Company's bus products.

CT-Connect

          CT-Connect  is a computer  telephony  call control  server  capable of
connecting  a wide range of telephone  switches to a variety of data  processing
environments.  CT-Connect is based on Digital Equipment  Corporation's  computer
integrated  telephony ("CIT") technology  acquired by Dialogic in February 1995.
The software runs under the  Microsoft  Windows NT operating  system,  either on
Intel architecture or with Digital Equipment Corporation's Alpha processors.  In
1997, Dialogic introduced a newer version of CT-Connect which enables developers
to  use  either  Windows  NT or SCO  Unixware.  It is  intended  to be  used  by
application developers,  VARs and 

<PAGE>
OEMs  to  construct  end-user  computer-telephone  solutions  for  call  control
purposes. Dialogic also offers CT consulting services through its Synapse Group.

System Software

          Dialogic's  board level  products are supported by device  drivers and
Application  Programming  Interfaces  ("APIs")  for  the  leading  PC  operating
systems,  including Windows 95, Windows NT, MS-DOS,  UNIX, OS/2 and Netware. The
device  drivers and APIs enable an application to access the features of a board
through standard programming language function calls.

          The Company's SCSA software module enables a call processing system to
function as a media server in a client-server environment. In February 1997, the
Company announced CT Media, an open  standards-based  client-server  product for
computer  telephony  server  design.  CT Media is  designed  to  streamline  the
development  process by  handling  the  details of media  resource  control  and
functions internal to the computer telephony server.  Developers and integrators
are  spared  from  managing   these   low-level   functions  from  within  their
applications, thereby enabling Dialogic's customers to focus on the requirements
of application development and integration.

          Dialogic  works with many third parties to provide  software  toolkits
which simplify  application  development.  Toolkits are available in each of the
supported operating systems.


DM3 Products

          Dialogic has begun  shipments of the first  products  based on its DM3
(trademark)  Mediastream  architecture,  including DM3 IPLink, a standards based
Internet Protocol telephony server  development  system. DM3 IPLink servers link
the Public  Switched  Telephone  Network  with TCP/IP  networks,  thus  enabling
individuals to communicate directly over the data network in a variety of ways -
from telephone to telephone;  fax to fax; PC to telephone;  telephone to PC; and
Web browser to telephone.  In December 1997,  Dialogic  announced the industry's
first  enhanced IP telephony  platform  with an  integrated  on-board high speed
Ethernet  interface,  resulting in reduced latency while increasing  scalability
and system  reliability  for  developers.  In addition,  also in December  1997,
Dialogic announced the release of the QuadSpan family of products,  high density
voice  and  digital  network  interface  products  based on the DM3  Mediastream
Resource   Architecture.   The  QuadSpan   (trademark)  products  enables  OEMs,
integrator and developers to build  large-scale,  standards-based CT systems for
various  applications,   including  switching  and  routing,  call  centers  and
intelligent peripherals with media processing  capabilities.  Volume shipment of
such new products is subject to a number of risks, including technical problems,
market acceptance,  intellectual property risks and competitive  resources.  See
"-Risk Factors" and "-Research and Product Development."

Research and Product Development

          The  Company  believes  that the timely  enhancement  of its  existing
products and development of new products is critical to maintain its competitive
position.   The  Company's   ongoing  product   development  goals  include  the
enhancement (in terms of performance and cost  efficiency) of current  products,
the  adaptation  of  third-party  technologies  to  Dialogic's  products and the
development of new product options and features.  Dialogic's product development
teams work closely with customers in an effort to define necessary  improvements
and enhancements and to analyze potential new products.

          The  Company  has   announced   several   research   and   development
initiatives, including the following:

          DM3 Mediastream Resource  Architecture.  On January 27, 1997, Dialogic
          announced  the  development  of a new set of  specifications  and core
          firmware  modules that are intended to govern how the  Company's  next
          generation  of products  will be designed.  The core  elements of this
          architecture  are  general  purpose  embedded  processors  designed to
          manage  multiple   application   technologies  from  multiple  vendors
          simultaneously.  The technologies  contemplated  include real time and
          message-based  media processing for firmware  resources such as voice,
          fax,   voice  over  the  Internet,   automatic   speech   recognition,
          text-to-speech and real time network  signaling.  The DM3 architecture
          is  intended  to further  expand the  density  of  computer  telephony
          platforms,  contemplating  "quad  span"  boards  with  up to 96  ports
          available for a variety of applications.  Such boards are functionally
          equivalent to four  single-span  boards  combined into one single-slot
          board. For the system developer,  the availability of products meeting
          the  Company's DM3 goals are intended to allow the creation of bigger,
          faster and more  cost-efficient  products and to allow the combination
          of functions  on a single board (as opposed to current  configurations
          which require such combinations to be placed on multiple boards).

          No assurance can be given that all of the  Company's DM3  architecture
          development  projects  will  result in  market  accepted  products  or
          profitable  ventures.  Like any announcement in the computer telephony
          industry,  Dialogic's DM3 initiative is subject to a variety of risks,
          including the length of time  required for Dialogic to bring  products
          to market, competitive responses, customer acceptance,  development or
          manufacturing difficulties,  the availability of regulatory approvals,
          and general market conditions. See "--Products" above.

          Internet  Access.  Dialogic is pursuing the  development of technology
          and  components to enable the  transmission  of voice and fax messages
          over  the   Internet.   The  Company  is  working   with   vendors  of
          voice-over-the-Internet  software to develop hardware and software for
          Internet and "intranet" servers. Such servers would combine Dialogic's
          board level  components with the vendor's  software to enable standard
          telephones  to send and receive  calls over the  Internet.

<PAGE>

          In  January  1997,  the  Company   announced  the  availability  of  a
          development   kit  to  enable   systems   developers   to  create  fax
          applications for the Internet.  There is substantial  competition with
          respect  to  the  development  of  Internet  telephony  products.   No
          assurance  can be given that  Dialogic will be successful in competing
          against  other  companies  (many of whom  have  substantially  greater
          resources  than  the  Company)  with  respect  to  Internet  telephony
          products.  Factors  which may  influence  the  success  of  Dialogic's
          Internet  telephony  initiative  include  the rapid and  unpredictable
          changes in Internet technology and usage, regulatory initiatives which
          may affect costs, chassis, interfaces and access services, competitive
          responses, market acceptance of standards and market conditions.


          Dialogic's  research and development  staff included 401 persons as of
December  31,  1997.  For the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997,
research and development expenses amounted to $29.0 million,  $40.7 million, and
$51.5  million,  respectively,  representing  17.2% of revenues in 1995,  19% of
revenues in 1996 and 19.7% of revenues in 1997.

International Business

          Dialogic's   international   market   opportunities   are  defined  in
significant part by the nature of the telephone networks in particular countries
(which  affect  the types of  network  interfaces  that can be  utilized)  and a
variety  of  regulatory  issues.  These  regulatory  issues  center  around  the
homologation (or approval) process and service offering  regulations that affect
the ability of the  Company's  customers  to sell their  products in  particular
countries.  In certain  countries,  approvals  can be  granted at the  component
level.  Such  approvals are not dependent  upon the particular PC or application
being utilized. Accordingly, once such approvals are obtained, specific products
can  be  utilized  by  customers  in  the  applicable  country  without  further
interaction  with  regulatory  officials.  Other countries  require  platform or
system level approvals. As of December 31, 1997, Dialogic had received approvals
in more than 60 countries  throughout the world.  The Company  believes that its
success in obtaining component, platform or system level approvals constitutes a
significant  competitive advantage, in that it permits Dialogic's products to be
sold in the applicable  countries  while the products of competitors  which have
not  successfully  completed  the  approval  process  cannot  be sold  in  those
countries.

          In 1995, 1996 and 1997,  international  sales (excluding  exports from
North America)  accounted for approximately 23%, 23% and 24%,  respectively,  of
the Company's  revenues.  See Note 8 of the Notes to the Company's  Consolidated
Financial Statements incorporated by reference herein.

          The Company conducts its  international  operations  primarily through
foreign subsidiaries. These entities are managed by local managing directors who
are given  substantial  autonomy in order to assure that product  offerings  and
customer  contacts are  sensitive to the needs of local  customers.  Efforts are
made to match product  capabilities  offered in particular  countries with local
product needs, networks and infrastructures.

<PAGE>

          International  sales are subject to inherent risks,  including changes
in regulatory and standards  requirements,  exchange rates, economic conditions,
tariffs and other  barriers,  difficulties  in  staffing  and  managing  foreign
subsidiary  operations,  potentially  adverse tax  consequences  and specialized
inventory requirements applicable to particular foreign countries.  There can be
no assurance that these factors will not have an adverse impact on the Company's
future  international  sales or operating  results.  As the Company  expands its
international operations, exposure to gains and losses on international currency
transactions  may increase.  Dialogic does not currently engage in international
currency  hedging  transactions.  A substantial  percentage (but not all) of the
Company's international sales have been billed and collected in U.S. dollars.

Sales, Marketing, Customers and Customer Support

          Dialogic  markets  its  products  primarily  to  VARs,  OEMs,  systems
integrators,  service  providers  and  applications  developers.  In the  United
States,  Dialogic  sells to these  customers  through  its own  sales  force and
distributors,   as  well  as  through  telemarketing  and  advertising  efforts.
Internationally,  the Company  utilizes its own sales force and  selected  sales
representatives  and agents. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 160 direct
sales  employees.  Increased  reliance  has been placed on  distributors,  sales
representatives  and sales agents in recent  periods.  Such reliance may subject
the Company to the uncertainties that affect the businesses of these independent
third-parties.

          Dialogic's  United  States sales  personnel are based in various field
sales offices,  including  offices in Arizona,  California,  Georgia,  Illinois,
Massachusetts,  New Jersey, Texas and Washington. These offices are staffed with
individuals that have sales and/or customer support  backgrounds.  The Company's
international sales offices include locations in Argentina,  Australia, Belgium,
Brazil,  Canada,  China, France,  Germany,  Hong Kong, India,  Ireland,  Israel,
Italy,  Japan,  Korea,  New Zealand,  Singapore,  Taiwan and the United Kingdom.
These  international  offices also provide  technical  support to the  Company's
international  customer  base and,  in certain  instances,  perform  development
activities.

          The Company's marketing  activities include  participation in industry
trade shows and seminars,  advertising  in selected trade  publications,  public
relations activities with the trade and business press, publication of technical
articles and  distribution of sales literature and product  specifications.  The
Company's Internet website, http://www.dialogic.com,  has become an increasingly
important vehicle for Dialogic's marketing and customer support functions. As of
December 31, 1997, the Company's marketing group consisted of 95 employees.

          The Company sold products to more than 3,000 customers  during 1997. A
total of 58 of  these  customers  represented  approximately  50% of  Dialogic's
revenues, and no customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues in 1997.

          The Company  believes  that  customer  service and support have been a
significant  factor in distinguishing  the Company from other computer telephony
component  manufacturers.  Given the need to blend  signal  computing  component
technology with applications  software, it is 

<PAGE>

important for Dialogic to maintain close communication with its customers.  This
communication  enables Dialogic to educate existing and potential customers with
respect to the  functionality  of the  Company's  product  line and new  product
offerings  and  enables  Dialogic  to  assess  and  understand  the needs of its
customers.

          The Company's technical  developments are communicated to customers by
its sales  engineering  group,  its field  applications  engineering  group, its
technical  support  group,  its design group and its  website.  The Company also
furnishes its customers with documentation  that provides  performance and other
data regarding complex systems configurations and alerts customers to the market
opportunities  available through utilization of Dialogic's  products.  Moreover,
Dialogic's  processor-driven products typically are software upgradeable.  Thus,
as  developments  in the  technology  for such  products are  introduced  by the
Company, that new technology typically can be incorporated into an existing call
processing system by changing the software provided by Dialogic.

          In addition to having its sales  representatives  personally meet with
larger   customers   in  the  field  and   having   headquarters   telemarketing
representatives  contact other  developers by  telephone,  the Company  provides
engineering   assistance   to  its  customers  and  helps  obtain  any  required
certifications  from regulatory  authorities.  The Company also offers extensive
documentation  describing its products and provides  telephone support to assist
its customers in their support of end users.

Competition

          The computer telephony industry is highly competitive.  Moreover,  the
Company believes that competition is likely to intensify in the future. Dialogic
believes that its principal  competitors  are (i) companies  that  specialize in
particular  computer  telephony  functions,  (ii) companies that provide a broad
range of computer  telephony  products and (iii)  companies,  many of which have
substantially  greater  resources than Dialogic,  which have chosen to, or which
may choose to, produce computer telephony components in-house. Within the second
group,  Dialogic's principal competitors include Brooktrout Technology,  Natural
Microsystems  and Rhetorex (a  subsidiary  of Lucent  Technologies  Inc.'s Octel
business).  In the future, the Company may also face competition from new market
entrants,   including  those  with  substantially  greater  resources  and  name
recognition than Dialogic and industry  companies in the third group which elect
to supply not only their own needs but to enter the merchant market.

          New  and  enhanced   products  can  be  expected  from  the  Company's
competitors in the future.  The  competitive  factors in the computer  telephony
components industry include the time required to produce a market-ready product,
engineering  expertise,  product quality,  reliability and  performance,  price,
brand name  awareness,  customer  support and service and access to distribution
channels.  The Company  believes that it competes or may compete on the basis of
the breadth and quality of its product line,  its customer  service and support,
its technical capabilities, its name recognition and price.

<PAGE>
          In high-volume facsimile applications, Dialogic faces competition from
companies which offer multi-line products. In the LAN fax market, Dialogic faces
competition from  manufacturers of fax cards and fax modems.  Other  competitors
have  announced  multi-channel  fax  cards  combining  voice and fax on the same
processor

          While  the  Company  believes  that its  commitment  to open  computer
telephony  architectures  positions  Dialogic as a "technology  enabler" for the
computer   telephony   industry,   this  commitment  may  reduce  the  technical
constraints  that otherwise  would limit the entry of additional  competitors to
the market and may commoditize Dialogic's market.

     Proprietary Rights

          The Company holds patents  covering  certain aspects of its technology
and has applied for additional patent  protection.  While Dialogic believes that
its technology provides it with certain competitive advantages,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company's  competitors  will not be able to develop  similar
technology.  Dialogic  currently  licenses certain technology from third parties
and  plans  to  continue  to  do so in  the  future  as  warranted  by  business
conditions. This statement regarding future licensing arrangements constitutes a
Forward-Looking  Statement. See "--Risk Factors." There can be no assurance that
in the  future  the  Company  will be able to obtain  licenses  of  intellectual
property  rights owned by third parties or that such licenses can be obtained on
terms  favorable to the Company.  If the Company is unable to obtain licenses of
protected  technology,  it could be prohibited from  manufacturing and marketing
products incorporating that technology. Factors which could affect the Company's
ability to  maintain  such  licensing  arrangements  in the future  include  the
strength  of  third-parties'   patent  protections,   the  willingness  of  such
third-parties to contract with Dialogic,  the availability of competing products
and  technologies,  the cost of  manufacturing  alternative  solutions and other
competitors' responses.

          Dialogic  has  received  from  time to time,  and may  receive  in the
future, communications from third parties asserting intellectual property rights
relating to certain of the Company's products and technologies. To date, most of
these  claims have been based on  application-oriented  patents that the Company
would not directly infringe. However,  application-oriented  patents may be used
by the holder to restrict the types of markets in which  Dialogic or  Dialogic's
customers are able to compete.  Application-oriented patents may also be used to
induce  customers  and  potential   customers  to  purchase  computer  telephony
components from  competitors of the Company that are affiliated with the holders
of such patents.

          The   Company   has   received   certain   claims   from   holders  of
application-oriented  patents  asserting that Dialogic,  as opposed to customers
using the  Company's  components  to build  applications,  may violate  existing
patent  rights.  Other  claims may be asserted  in the  future.  There can be no
assurance  that in the future,  other  similar  claims will not be made  against
Dialogic.  Further,  there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to
resolve such claims,  either by  convincing  the  claimants  that the  Company's
technology  is  non-infringing,  obtaining a license on terms  favorable  to the
Company,  redesigning  its products or defending  any legal action taken against
it. The costs that may be incurred by  Dialogic  in pursuing  any such

<PAGE>

response could have a material adverse effect upon Dialogic.  Should the Company
or its  customers be found to infringe  the  proprietary  rights of others,  the
Company could be required to pay  substantial  damages to the  infringed  party,
which in turn could have a material adverse effect upon Dialogic.

          From  time to time,  the  Company  considers  steps  to be taken  with
respect  to  outstanding  patents  prior to any claim  being  made by the patent
holder  against  Dialogic or its customers.  Such steps may include  obtaining a
license or joining or  sponsoring  litigation  to  challenge  the validity of an
outstanding patent. No assurances can be given that the commencement of any such
litigation  will not result in  counterclaims  being made directly or indirectly
against the Company.

          For information  regarding legal  proceedings  involving  Dialogic and
Brooktrout Technology, Inc., see "Legal Proceedings".

     Manufacturing

          The Company utilizes  contract  manufacturing for substantially all of
its manufacturing processes, thereby allowing Dialogic to focus resources on its
product development and customer support efforts.  During 1997, Dialogic moved a
significant  percentage of its manufacturing to a turnkey contract manufacturer,
Jabil Circuit, Inc. The Company also employs other suppliers.  The activities of
these  suppliers are  coordinated  by Dialogic's  manufacturing  personnel.  The
Company's  internal   manufacturing-related   operations  consist  primarily  of
production of prototypes, test engineering, materials purchasing and inspection,
final product configuration and testing, quality control and service repair.

          At present,  Dialogic does not have a long-term  supply  contract with
any of its  manufacturing  subcontractors,  turnkey  manufacturer  or  component
suppliers.  Certain  key  components  incorporated  in  the  Company's  products
(including the digital signal  processors  used  throughout  Dialogic's  product
lines) are supplied by only one source,  and others are  available  from limited
sources.  To date,  Dialogic  has been able to obtain  supplies of products  and
components in a timely manner, in part because Dialogic's  principal sole source
products  are  acquired  from   well-established   vendors  with   long-standing
relationships with Dialogic.  However,  in the event that any of its sole source
suppliers  or  contract  manufacturers  were  unable or  unwilling  to  perform,
Dialogic's results of operations could be materially  affected until the Company
establishes  alternative  sources.  The Company owns all of the  engineering and
sourcing  documentation  and functional test equipment used in the manufacturing
of its principal  products and believes that it could shift product  assembly to
alternate suppliers or in-house if it experienced difficulties with its contract
manufacturers. This statement regarding the availability of alternate approaches
to contract  manufacturing  may  constitute  a Forward  Looking  Statement.  The
Company could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including the
demands imposed upon, and the sophistication of, alternate  suppliers,  the lead
time available to such  suppliers,  unanticipated  difficulties  in transferring
production and market acceptance of the products made by means of such alternate
approaches.  Accordingly,  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  the
Company's expectations. See "-- Risk Factors."

<PAGE>

Risk Factors

          This Annual  Report  contains,  and  Dialogic  may make in the future,
certain  Forward-Looking  Statements.  Such  statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties  that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from those
projected in such Forward-Looking Statements. Risks and uncertainties applicable
to Dialogic include the following:

          Risks  Relating  to  Technological  Developments.  The  market for the
Company's products is characterized by rapid technological advances,  changes in
customer  requirements and frequent new product  introductions and enhancements.
Dialogic's  future  success  will  depend  upon its  ability to (i)  enhance its
current  products,  (ii) achieve the objectives of its DM3 Mediastream  Resource
Architecture, (iii) develop and introduce new products that keep pace with rapid
technological  developments and evolving industry and regulatory standards, (iv)
respond to changes in customer  requirements and (v) achieve market  acceptance.
In  particular,  the Company  believes it must continue to respond to customers'
needs for broad  functionality and multiple  platform  support.  There can be no
assurance  that Dialogic  will be  successful  in  developing  and marketing new
products or product  enhancements on a timely basis or that the Company will not
experience  significant delays in the introduction of new products. In addition,
there can be no assurance that new products or product enhancements developed by
the Company will achieve market  acceptance.  An additional  technology risk may
result from companies in adjacent fields integrating CT functionality into their
products,  making it more difficult for the Company to compete or  commoditizing
its products.

          Year 2000. The Company has undertaken a major  company-wide  study and
testing  program  to locate  and cure any Year 2000  issues in the  products  or
systems on which it relies. The Company believes its financial operating systems
are  currently  Year 2000  compliant.  The Company  continues to work with other
third-party  suppliers to identify exposure and obtain  compliance.  The Company
anticipates no material adverse effect  resulting from Year 2000 problems.  This
statement  represents a forward-looking  statement under the Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act of 1997.  Undiscovered  issues  related to the Year 2000
issues could have an adverse impact.

          Competition.  The computer telephony  industry is highly  competitive.
Moreover,  the Company  believes that  competition is likely to intensify in the
future.  For information  regarding such competition,  see "-- Competition".  No
assurance can be given that the Company will be able to compete  successfully in
the future or that price competition will not affect the Company's  consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.

          Fluctuations  in Quarterly  Operating  Results.  The  Company's  total
revenues  may vary  significantly  from  quarter to quarter  due to a variety of
factors,  including  the  timing  of  customer  orders,  changes  in  Dialogic's
products,  geographic and customer mix, the  introduction of new products by the
Company  or  its  competitors,   pricing  pressures,   regulatory  developments,
unanticipated  development and/or  manufacturing  difficulties or expenses,  and
worldwide or regional economic  conditions.  The Company typically operates with
relatively  little backlog and 

<PAGE>

substantially all of its revenues in each quarter  ordinarily result from orders
received in that  quarter.  In addition,  the Company  often incurs  significant
development,  sales and marketing expenses in anticipation of future revenues. A
shortfall in revenues or earnings from the levels  anticipated by analysts could
have an impact on the market price of Dialogic's Common Stock.

          Uncertainties   Relating  to  Proprietary   Matters.  For  information
regarding  risks  relating  to the  availability  of licenses to the Company and
relating to potential intellectual property and related claims by third parties,
see "-- Proprietary Rights."

          Dependence  on Sales by Third  Parties.  The  Company's  revenues  are
dependent  upon the  ability of its OEM and VAR  customers  to develop  and sell
computer  telephony  systems that  incorporate  Dialogic's  modular  components.
Factors, including worldwide economic conditions,  patent positions,  regulatory
requirements  and  other  marketing  restrictions,  that  adversely  affect  the
revenues  of  Dialogic's  OEM and VAR  customers  can  have an  impact  upon the
Company's  financial results. No assurances can be given that Dialogic's OEM and
VAR customers  will not  experience  financial or other  difficulties  that will
materially and adversely  affect their purchases from Dialogic and, in turn, the
results of operations and financial condition of the Company.

          Risks   Associated  with   International   Operations.   International
operations  are subject to certain  risks,  including  changes in regulatory and
standards   requirements,   exchange  rates,  worldwide  and  regional  economic
conditions,  tariffs and other  barriers,  difficulties in staffing and managing
foreign  subsidiary   operations,   potentially  adverse  tax  consequences  and
specialized inventory  requirements  applicable to particular foreign countries.
There can be no assurance  that these factors will not have an adverse impact on
the Company's future  international  sales or operating  results.  A substantial
percentage (but not all) of the Company's  international  sales have been billed
and  collected  in  U.S.  dollars.  As  the  Company  continues  to  expand  its
international  operations,  exposures  to  gains  and  losses  on  international
currency  transactions  may  increase.  Dialogic  does not  currently  engage in
international  currency hedging  transactions.  The Company is unable to predict
with accuracy the impact of recent Asian economic problems.

          Dependence  on  Third-Party   Suppliers.   During  1997,  the  Company
contracted a large percentage of its  manufacturing  to a turnkey  manufacturer,
Jabil  Circuit,   Inc.  Dialogic  also  employs  other  domestic   manufacturing
subcontractors  in the  manufacture  of its  remaining  production.  Certain key
components  incorporated  in the  Company's  products  (including  the DSPs used
throughout Dialogic's product lines) are supplied by only one source, and others
are  available  from  limited  sources.  The  Company  does not have a long-term
agreement with any of these suppliers of services or components.  The Company is
currently  negotiating a written agreement with Jabil Circuit, Inc. Although the
Company has not experienced any material  difficulties in obtaining  supplies in
the past,  any  reduction  or  interruption  in supply  from  these  third-party
contractors  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  Dialogic's   results  of
operations  until  alternative  sources  are  established.  Moreover,  operating
results could be materially  and adversely  affected by the receipt of defective
components or products, an increase in prices from suppliers or the inability of
Dialogic to obtain lower  prices in response to  competitive  price  reductions.

<PAGE>

          Uncertainties  Regarding  Regulatory  Matters.  The  Company  seeks to
obtain  regulatory  approvals  for its  products  as a  means  of  enabling  its
customers to bring their  systems to market as rapidly as  possible.  Changes in
regulations or in  interpretations  of regulations or delays in deregulation may
substantially  hamper  end-users  and  Dialogic's  customers  and may cause such
customers to delay or cancel orders.

          Dependence on Key Personnel.  The Company depends substantially on key
personnel involved in engineering,  research and development,  marketing, sales,
finance  and  administration.  The loss of the  services  of key  persons in any
functional  area could  have a material  adverse  effect on  Dialogic's  current
operations and on new product  development  efforts.  Dialogic's success depends
upon its  ability to attract and retain  skilled  employees.  Its  success  also
depends  upon the ability of  Dialogic's  officers  and key  employees to manage
growth   successfully  and  to  continue   successful   development  of  product
enhancements  and new products.  There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to hire or retain  sufficient  qualified  staff to meet its  goals.  The
Company does not maintain key-person life insurance for any of its personnel.

     Risks Associated with Potential Acquisitions. Since the date of its initial
public offering in 1994, Dialogic has acquired GammaLink, Spectron Microsystems,
Inc.  (the net assets of which were  subsequently  sold in February  1998),  and
Dianatel  and certain  computer  integrated  telephony  technology  from Digital
Equipment  Corporation.   The  Company's  business  strategy  contemplates  that
Dialogic will continue to seek to complement its internal growth with additional
acquisitions of and investments in businesses in the computer telephony industry
and related fields.  Although  management  expects to carefully analyze any such
opportunity before committing the Company's resources, there can be no assurance
that such transactions will result in long-term benefits to Dialogic.

     Excess  or  Obsolete  Inventory.   Dialogic's  customers  typically  expect
delivery of the Company's hardware and software products from stock. Because the
manufacturing  lead-time for several of Dialogic's  products can be significant,
the Company builds its products to meet forecasted demand. Although a portion of
customer  demand  is  ascertainable  from  volume  purchase  arrangements,   the
Company's forecasts also depend upon management's estimates of sales to existing
and  potential  customers.  Several  factors  could  affect the accuracy of such
estimates,  including unanticipated changes in customer demand, new developments
in  the  computer  telephony  industry,  unanticipated  development  delays  and
competitive inroads into the Company's business. Should management's predictions
prove to be inaccurate, the Company could have excess or obsolete inventory.

          Volatility of Stock Price. The market price of Dialogic's Common Stock
has fluctuated  significantly  since its initial public  offering in April 1994.
Factors such as announcements  of  technological  innovations or new products by
Dialogic,  its  competitors  or other third parties,  consolidations  within the
computer telephone industry,  quarterly variations in the Company's consolidated
results of operations,  shortfalls in the Company's  revenues,  gross margins or
earnings from analysts' expectations,  regulatory conditions, worldwide economic
conditions,  capital market conditions and general industry conditions,  may all
affect  the  market  price  of  the  Common  Stock  and  cause  it to  fluctuate
significantly.  In addition,  in recent years,  the stock 

<PAGE>

market in  general,  as well as the  market  prices  of the  stocks of many high
technology companies in particular, experienced wide fluctuations which have not
necessarily been related to the operating  performance of individual  companies.
There can be no assurance  that the market price of the  Company's  Common Stock
will not continue to experience significant volatility.

Backlog

          Because the Company's  products are typically shipped within one month
of receipt of the order, the Company does not believe that its backlog as of any
particular date is indicative of future sales levels.

Employees

          As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 994 full-time employees.  The
Company's  continued success will depend in part upon its ability to attract and
retain  skilled  employees.  Dialogic  has  never  had a  work  stoppage  and no
employees are  represented by a labor  organization.  The Company  considers its
employee relations to be good.

Environmental factors

          Federal,  state and local laws or regulations  which have been enacted
or adopted  regulating the discharge of materials into the environment  have not
had, and under  present  conditions  the Company does not foresee that they will
have,  a material  adverse  effect on  capital  expenditures,  earnings,  or the
competitive position of the Company.

Subsequent event

          On February 17, 1998, Dialogic  Corporation  completed the sale of the
principal  assets  and  operations  of  Spectron  Microsystems,  a wholly  owned
subsidiary, to Texas Instruments Incorporated for approximately $26 million. The
transaction will result in pre-tax gain to be recognized in the first quarter of
1998 in the range of $18 to $25  million.  The sale will not have a  significant
effect on reported sales or earnings of the Company in future periods.

<PAGE>

Item 2.  Properties

          The Company's  corporate  headquarters are located in Parsippany,  New
Jersey, in two leased facilities which cover  approximately  262,000 square feet
of space.  There are two separate leases for the  facilities.  The primary lease
covers  220,000  square feet and expires in 2005,  with options to renew for two
subsequent  five-year  terms.  The second  lease covers  19,000  square feet and
expires in 2002, with options to renew for two subsequent  three-year terms. The
second  lease  was  amended  to cover an  additional  23,000  square  feet.  The
amendment covering this additional space expires in 2005 with an option to renew
for one subsequent  three-year term. The Company also leases all of its domestic
and  foreign  offices.  See Note 7 of the  Notes to the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial Statements incorporated by reference herein.


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

          In June 1995,  the Company  entered into a settlement  agreement  that
resulted in the dismissal of various legal proceedings involving,  among others,
the Company and Brooktrout Technology,  Inc.  ("Brooktrout").  In November 1995,
Brooktrout  filed a  complaint  in the  United  States  District  Court  for the
District of Massachusetts  naming the Company,  its GammaLink subsidiary and its
Chairman  of the  Board as  defendants.  The  complaint  sought to  rescind  the
settlement agreement and obtain unspecified compensatory and punitive damages on
the basis of allegations that the defendants  fraudulently induced Brooktrout to
enter  into the  settlement  agreement.  The  defendants  deny  the  substantive
allegations of this complaint and have filed a counterclaim seeking damages from
Brooktrout.  In December  1996,  the District  Court entered an order of summary
judgment against Brooktrout  dismissing its fraud claims, but leaving unresolved
a statutory  unfair  practice claim by Brooktrout and leaving  unresolved all of
the  defendants'  counterclaims.  Such order  remains  appealable  at this time.
Separately,  the  Company's  Spectron  subsidiary  sued  Brooktrout  for  patent
infringement.  The Company has  retained  the rights to  maintain  this  lawsuit
despite the February  1998 sale of the  Spectron  assets.  Although  outcomes of
legal  proceedings  are difficult to predict and cannot be assured,  the Company
does not believe that such  proceedings  will  materially  adversely  affect its
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

          During the third  quarter of 1996, a complaint was filed in New Jersey
Superior  Court against the Company and certain of its  directors  alleging that
the  defendants  breached  principles  of common  law fraud in  connection  with
certain  public  statements  made prior to the  Company's  July 8,  1996,  press
release announcing  preliminary results for the quarter ended June 30, 1996. The
complaint seeks monetary damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of
the Company's  Common Stock.  On February 18, 1998, on motion by the defendants,
the complaint was dismissed by the court with prejudice.

          The Company is also engaged in other legal proceedings  arising in the
ordinary course of business,  the results of which  proceedings are not expected
to have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  consolidated  financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.

<PAGE>

          Management  intends  to  defend  each  of  the  above-mentioned  legal
proceedings  vigorously.  The Company's  statements in this Item 3 regarding the
potential effect of each of these legal proceedings  constitute  Forward-Looking
Statements.  See "-Risk  Factors."  Actual results could differ  materially from
these  statements,  depending  upon  uncertainties  that exist in any litigation
relating to interpretations of legal issues and the development and presentation
of factual issues.

<PAGE>

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

          Not applicable.


Item 4A.  Executive Officers of the Registrant

          The Company's executive officers, their respective ages (as of January
31, 1998) and their positions with the Company are set forth below:


Name                               Age                 Title


Nicholas  Zwick                    45        Chairman of the Board
Howard G. Bubb                     43        President and Chief Executive 
                                             Officer; Director

John G. Alfieri                    38        Vice President, Sales and Service,
                                             the Americas

Thomas G. Amato                    52        Vice  President, Chief  Financial
                                             Officer and  Treasurer

Kenneth  J.  Burkhardt,  Jr.       52        Executive  Vice  President,  New 
                                             Business Development; Director

Darrayl E. Cannon                  50        Vice President, Operations

Charles House                      57        Vice  President, Core-Systems   
                                             Development

John  E.  Landau                   44        Vice President, Strategic Marketing

Samuel  T.  Liss                   39        Vice President, Corporate Marketing

Theodore  M.  Weitz                51        Vice President, General Counsel and
                                             Secretary

Jean  M. Beadle                    47        Chief Accounting Officer, and 
                                             Controller

          Mr.  Zwick,  a co-founder  of the Company,  has been a Director of the
Company since  Dialogic's  inception in 1983, its President and Chief  Executive
Officer from 1985 to May 1993 and its Chairman of the Board since March 1993.

          Mr. Bubb joined the Company as an  Executive  Vice  President  in July
1991. In August 1992, Mr. Bubb was promoted to Chief Operating Officer.  In June
1993, he was promoted again to President and Chief Executive  Officer.  Prior to
joining the Company,  Mr. Bubb was a consultant  from February 1991 to July 1991
and Senior Vice  President  and General  Manager of Lexar  Business  Systems,  a
marketer of PBX products and an affiliate of Telenova,  Inc., from December 1989
to January 1991. He served as Vice President of the telecommunications  business
of Memorex Telex, N.V. from January 1986 to December 1989. Mr. Bubb is currently
on the board of Pairgain Technologies, Inc.

          Mr. Alfieri was named Vice President, Sales and Services, the Americas
in January 1993.  He has been  employed by the Company since 1988,  first as the
Eastern  Regional Manager and 

<PAGE>
then (in 1990) as Manager of North American  Sales.  Prior to joining  Dialogic,
Mr. Alfieri held various sales and marketing  positions  within IBM from 1983 to
1988.

          Mr. Amato was hired by Dialogic as its Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer in April of 1997. Prior to joining Dialogic,  he served as
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Symbol Technologies,  Inc.,
from 1990 to 1997. From 1979 to 1990 he served as Senior Vice President, Finance
and Administration of Amcast Industrial Corporation.  From 1971-1979,  Mr. Amato
held various financial positions with Rockwell International Corporation.

          Dr.  Burkhardt,  a co-founder of the Company,  served as the Executive
Vice  President of  Operations  of the Company  through  October  1992,  when he
assumed his  current  position  as  Executive  Vice  President  of New  Business
Development. He has been a Director of the Company since 1983.

          Mr. Cannon was hired by Dialogic as its Vice President,  Operations in
September 1995.  Prior to joining the Company,  he served as the Vice President,
Manufacturing and Quality  Assurance,  at McDATA Corporation (a supplier of data
communications  products) from 1992 to 1995 and as Vice  President,  Engineering
and Manufacturing,  at McDATA from 1990 to 1992. From 1983 to 1989, he served as
a director  of a power  systems  division of the NCR  Corporation.  From 1969 to
1983, Mr. Cannon held various manufacturing positions with NCR and Magnavox.

          Mr.  House  was  named   Executive  Vice  President  of  Core  Systems
Development in February 1998. He has been employed by the Company since December
of 1995 as Vice President and General  Manager for Spectron  Microsystems,  Inc.
Prior to  joining  Dialogic,  he served as Senior  Vice  President  and  General
Manager of Veritas  Software  from 1994 to 1995 and Senior  Vice  President  for
Product  Management and Development at Informix Software from 1991 to 1994. From
1962 to 1991,  Mr. House held various  management  positions at  Hewlett-Packard
including General Manager at both the Software  Engineering Systems Division and
Logic Systems Operation.

          Mr. Landau was named Vice  President,  Strategic  Marketing in October
1997.  He  was  previously   Vice  President  and  General   Manager,   Dialogic
Architecture Labs, since 1995 and, he served as Vice President, Marketing of the
Company from February  1993 until 1995.  Mr. Landau was as an area sales manager
for Dialogic from May 1988 until February  1989.  From February 1989 to 1990, he
was the Director of Marketing at  Benchmarq  Microelectronics  (a  semiconductor
manufacturer)  and from 1990 until he rejoined  Dialogic in February  1993,  Mr.
Landau  was  Vice  President,  Marketing  at  Benchmarq  Microelectronics.  From
November  1983 until May 1988, he held various  marketing  positions at Advanced
Micro Devices (a semiconductor  manufacturer)  and from June 1978 until November
1983,  he held various  operations  and product  marketing  responsibilities  at
Mostek Corporation (a semiconductor manufacturer).

          Mr. Liss joined Dialogic in February 1995 and was named to his present
position in September 1995. Prior to joining Dialogic,  he served as the Manager
of Channel  Marketing 

<PAGE>

within the Advanced  Services  Division of Novell from 1994 to 1995, the Eastern
Region Sales Manager and then Director of Business  Development of Fluent,  Inc.
(a multi-media  software and hardware  company which  ultimately was acquired by
Novell) from 1990 to 1994, an associate with the consulting firm of Booz,  Allen
&  Hamilton  from 1987 to 1990,  a Product  Line  Marketing  Manager  for Analog
Devices,  Inc., (a semiconductor  manufacturer) from 1984 to 1987 and as a sales
engineer for Intel Corporation (a semiconductor manufacturer) from 1980 to 1982.

          Mr. Weitz  joined the Company in January  1997 as its General  Counsel
and was named a Vice President and Secretary in February 1997.  Prior to joining
the Company,  he served in senior counsel positions for Lucent Technologies Inc.
in 1996, for AT&T from 1993 to 1996, for UNIX System  Laboratories  from 1991 to
1993 and for various AT&T affiliates from 1978 to 1991.

          Ms.  Beadle  joined  Dialogic in March of 1997 as  Controller  and was
named  Chief  Accounting  Officer in  February  of 1998.  Prior to  joining  the
Company,  she was employed at Dynatech  Corporation  as Director of Finance from
1995 to 1997,  as  Director of  Taxation  from 1990 to 1995 and as an  Assistant
Corporate  Controller  from 1985 to 1990.  From 1972 to 1985,  Ms.  Beadle  held
various financial  positions at General Electric  Corporation and Metcalf & Eddy
Engineering, Inc.

          Executive  officers  of the  Company  are  appointed  by the  Board of
Directors  on an annual  basis and serve until their  successors  have been duly
elected  and  qualified.  There  are no  family  relationships  among any of the
executive officers or directors of the Company.

<PAGE>

                                    PART II

Item  5.  Market  for  the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder 
          Matters

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year ended December 31, 1997, that
is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year ended December 31, 1997, that
is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Dialogic's  Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year ended December 31, 1997, that
is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.

          Not applicable.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year ended December 31, 1997, that
is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item  9.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure

          Not applicable.


<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors of the Registrant

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of  shareholders
that is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of  shareholders
that is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of  shareholders
that is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

          The registrant  incorporates by reference herein information set forth
in its definitive  proxy  statement for its 1998 annual meeting of  shareholders
that is responsive to the information required with respect to this Item.

<PAGE>

                                    PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

          (a)  The  following  financial   statements  and  related  report  are
incorporated  by reference  into Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (page
references are to the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended
December 31, 1997):

                                                                        Page

     Independent Auditors' Report       8
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and
            1997                                                         10
     Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
            December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997                             12
     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
            for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997         13
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
            December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997                             14
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                         15

          (b) The  following  financial  statement  schedule is filed as part of
this Annual Report:

          Schedule                 Description                 Page
     
                         Independent Auditors' Report          S-1
          II             Valuation and Qualifying Accounts     S-2

          All other  schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable
or the required  information  is included in the  financial  statements or notes
thereto.

          (c) The following  exhibits are  incorporated  by reference  herein or
annexed to this Annual Report:


Exhibit                       Description


3.1       Restated  Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 3.1 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1
          (No. 33-59598).

3.2       By-laws,  as amended,  are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
          the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-59598).

10.1      1988 Incentive Compensation  Plan,  as  amended  and restated through 
          March 28, 1997 (the "1988 Plan")  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
          Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the 
          year ended  December  31, 1996.

10.2      Proposed  amendments  to the  1988  Plan as  amended are incorporated 
          by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the  Registrant's  Annual  Report on 
          Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.

10.3      1993  Non-Employee Director  Stock  Option Plan  (the "1993  Plan") is
          incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's 
          Registration  Statement on Form S-1 (No.  33-59598).

10.4      Amended  and Restated  1993   Plan  is  incorporated  by reference  to
          Exhibit  10.5 of the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for 
          the year  ended  December  31, 1996.

10.5      1997  Director  Stock  Election/Deferral  Plan  is  incorporated  by  
          reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 
          10-K for the year  ended  December  31,  1996.

10.6      Employment  Agreement between   the  Registrant  and Howard  G.  Bubb,
          as  amended.

10.7      Registrant's   loan   agreement,   as amended

10.8      Registrant's  headquarters  lease, dated August 31, 1993, as amended, 
          is incorporated by reference to  Exhibit   10.9  to  the  Registrant's
          Annual Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended   December  31,
          1996.

10.9      Amendment to headquarters  lease.

<PAGE>

10.10     1997 Incentive Benefit Plan is incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 
          10.11  of  the   Registrant's,   Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  
          the  year  ended   December  31, 1996.

10.11     Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  by  and  among  the  Registrant,   Texas 
          Instruments  Incorporated  and  Spectron  Microsystems, Incorporated, 
          dated   as   of   January   22,    1998.

11.1      Calculation   of   Income   Per Share.

13.1      Incorporated  portions  of the  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  for 
          the year  ended  December  31, 1997.

21.1      Principal subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1      Independent  Auditors' Consent.

24.1      Power of Attorney.

27.1      Financial Data Schedule.

          (d) During the quarter  ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company did not
file any Current Reports on Form 8-K.

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  this 27th day of
March, 1998.

                                                 DIALOGIC CORPORATION


                                                 By: /s/ Thomas G. Amato
                                                 ___________________________
                                                 Thomas G. Amato, Vice President
                                                 and Chief Financial Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures                         Title                    Date

s/Howard G. Bubb*             President, Chief Executive    March 27, 1998
  Howard G. Bubb              Officer and Director          


/s/Nicholas Zwick*            Director                      March 27, 1998
   Nicholas Zwick       


/s/Kenneth J. Burkhardt, Jr.* Director                      March 27, 1998
   Kenneth J. Burkhardt, Jr.  


/s/Thomas G. Amato            Vice President, Chief         March 27,  1998
   Thomas G.  Amato           Financial  Officer and  
                              Treasurer 

/s/Jean M. Beadle             Chief Accounting Officer      March 27, 1998
   Jean M. Beadle             and Controller         


/s/Masao Konomi*              Director                      March 27, 1998
   Masao Konomi


/s/John N. Lemasters*         Director                      March 27, 1998
   John N. Lemasters             


/s/Francis G. Rodgers*        Director                      March 27, 1998
   Francis G. Rodgers            


/s/James J. Shinn*            Director                      March 27, 1998
   James J. Shinn                

* By  /s/Theodore M. Weitz*
      Theodore M. Weitz, Attorney in Fact
<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Dialogic Corporation
Parsippany, New Jersey

We have audited the consolidated  financial  statements of Dialogic  Corporation
and  Subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and for each of the three
years in the period ended  December 31, 1997, and have issued our report thereon
dated  February 10, 1998 (except  Notes 7 and 9 as to which the date is February
18, 1998); such financial statements and report are included in your 1997 Annual
Report to Shareholders and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also
included the financial  statement  schedule of Dialogic  Corporation,  listed in
Item  14.  This  financial  statement  schedule  is  the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion,  such financial statement  schedule,  when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,  presents fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
February 18, 1998


                                      S-1


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                SCHEDULE II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                             (Dollars in thousands)


<S>                      <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
   Column  A             Column  B      Column  C                   Column  D      Column  E
                         Balance at     Charged  to   Charged to
                         beginning of   costs and       other         (1)           Balance at
  Description             year          expenses      accounts      Deductions     end of year

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

December 31, 1995        $  549         $  724         $  37         $  416          $894
December 31, 1996           894            724            57            846           829
December 31, 1997           829          1,272           (27)           794          1,280
</TABLE>

(1)  Amounts represent write-offs of accounts receivable deemed uncollectible.

                                      S-2

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBIT                                 DESCRIPTION

 10.6                         Employment  Agreement  between  the  Registrant
                              and Howard G. Bubb as  amended

 10.7                         Registrant's Loan Agreement, as amended

 10.9                         Amendment to Registrant's Headquarters Lease

 10.11                        Asset  Purchase  Agreement,   by  and  among  the 
                              Registrant, Texas  Instruments  Incorporated   and
                              Spectron Microsystems, Incorporated, dated  as  of
                              January 22, 1998.

 11.1                         Calculation  of Income Per  Share

 13.1                         Incorporated  portions of the Annual Report to 
                              Shareholders for the Year ended December 31, 1997

 21.1                         Subsidiaries of the  Registrant
 23.1                         Independent    Auditors' Consent
 24.1                         Power of Attorney 
 27.1                         Financial Data Schedule




                                  EXHIBIT 10.6

                              Employment Agreement

          Agreement  dated as of the first day of January 1997 between  Dialogic
Corporation,  a New Jersey corporation having its principal place of business in
Parsippany, New Jersey, (the "Company") and Howard G. Bubb currently residing at
21 Fernwood Place, Mountain Lakes, NJ 07046 (the "Employee")

                                  WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS,  the Company considers the establishment and maintenance of a
sound and vital  management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best
interests of the Company and its stockholders; and

          WHEREAS,  as of the date of this  Agreement  Employee is the President
and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and has  developed  an intimate and
thorough knowledge of the Company's business methods and operations; and

          WHEREAS,  the retention of Employee's  services,  for and on behalf of
the Company, is materially  important to the preservation and enhancement of the
value of the Company's business; and

          WHEREAS,  the Company is desirous of extending  Employee's  employment
upon the terms and  conditions  contained  herein;  and  Employee is desirous of
continuing  to be  employed  by the  Company in  accordance  with such terms and
conditions.

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises set forth
herein, and for other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and adequacy
of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

          1.  Employment.  The Company  hereby  agrees to employ  Employee,  and
Employee agrees to be employed by the Company in accordance with and pursuant to
the terms and conditions set forth below.

          2. Term of Employment.  This Agreement shall be for an initial term of
three (3) years.  Upon the third anniversary  hereof,  (and upon each successive
anniversary  thereafter) this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for a one
(1) year term, commencing on the date of each such renewal,  unless either party
hereto  notifies the other in writing of its intent not to renew this  Agreement
upon not less than six (6) months  notice prior to the renewal  date hereof.  In
the event  either  party  gives the other  proper  notice of  non_renewal,  this
Agreement  shall  only  continue  for the  balance  of the then  existing  term.
Notwithstanding   anything  contained  herein  to  the  contrary,  any  term  of
employment may be earlier terminated as provided in Section 8 hereof.

          3. Position and Responsibilities.

          (a) Employee will occupy the position of President and Chief Executive
Officer of the  Company.  During  such  period he occupies  said  position,  the
Company shall apply its best efforts to effectuate the nomination of Employee to
the Company's Board of Directors  subject to the terms of the Company's  By-laws
and Articles of Organization, as amended from time to time.

          (b) Employee will report  directly to the Board of Directors and shall
have such  duties and  responsibilities  as are set forth in the  By-laws of the
Company, which duties and responsibilities shall include, but not be limited to,
overall management  responsibilities for the operation and administration of the
Company  as well as such  other  duties and  responsibilities,  consistent  with
Employee's  position  as  President  and  Chief Executive  Officer,  as shall be
defined by the Board of Directors.

          (c) Employee will be expected to be in the full-time employment of the
Company,  to devote  substantially  all of his business time and attention,  and
exert his best efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder,  and to serve
the  Company  diligently  and to the  best of his  ability;  provided,  however,
nothing  set  forth  herein  shall  prohibit  Employee  from  engaging  in other
activities  to the extent  that such  activities  do not  impair the  ability of
Employee to perform his duties and obligations under this Agreement.

          4. Compensation. The Company shall pay to Employee a salary (the "base
salary")  at an annual  rate of  $275,000,  subject  to  deductions  for  social
security,  payroll  withholding  and all other  legally  required or  authorized
deductions and withholdings. Employee's salary shall be payable at the same time
and on the same basis as the Company  pays its  executive  employees in general.
The Board of Directors  shall review  Employee's  base salary no less frequently
than annually.  Unless Employee  consents,  in no event shall his base salary be
decreased during his period of employment.

          5.  Quarterly  Incentive  Payments.  In  addition  to the base  salary
referenced in Section 4, Employee shall be entitled to quarterly  bonuses if the
Company achieves its quarterly  performance goals and Employee  satisfies agreed
upon discreet  goals/objectives  to be  established by the Board of Directors at
its sole and absolute  discretion in consultation  with Employee.  The amount of
such bonuses,  if any,  shall be  determined  by the Board of Directors.  Unless
Employee  consents,  in no event shall his target bonus opportunity be decreased
during his period of employment.

          6. Stock  Options  and Other Long Term  Incentive  Programs.  Employee
shall continue to be entitled to receive stock options pursuant to the Company's
1988 Incentive  Compensation Plan and the 1997 Incentive Benefit Plan, including
any amendments thereto.  The number of shares covered by any such option grants,
the  exercise  price per share and other  terms and  conditions  governing  such
options shall be determined by the  Compensation  Committee,  subject however to
the terms of such Plans,  and to the extent  applicable,  the provisions of this
Agreement.  In addition,  Employee  shall also be eligible to participate in any
other long term incentive program covering executive employees.  For purposes of
this Section 6, "cause" as used in the Company's  Incentive  Benefit Plans shall
be determined with reference to Section 8(b) of this Agreement.

          7. Benefits; Expenses; Vacations.

          (a) Employee  shall be entitled to receive the same standard  employee
benefits,  perquisites and services as other executive  employees of the Company
receive.  Employee  shall also be  entitled to fully  participate  in all of the
Company's  future  employee  benefit  programs,   perquisites  and  services  in
accordance with their then existing terms.

          (b) Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for all approved and
reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in connection with
his  services  to the  Company  pursuant  to the  terms of this  Agreement.  All
business expenses for which Employee seeks  reimbursement from the Company shall
be adequately documented by Employee in accordance with the Company's procedures
covering expense  reimbursement,  and in compliance with regulations of the U.S.
Internal  Revenue  Service.  In the  event  any  such  reimbursements  shall  be
includable in Employee's  income, the Company shall pay Employee such additional
amounts as are  necessary so that after taking into account any taxes payable on
such  reimbursements,  the Employee is in the same  after-tax  position he would
have been had such reimbursement not been so includable.

          (c) Employee shall be entitled to vacation days in accordance with the
Company's employment policies and practices applicable to executive employees of
the Company, as such policies and practices are from time to time in effect.

          8. Employment Termination. The employment of Employee pursuant to this
Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

          (a) Expiration of the employment period set forth in Section 2, unless
the  employment  of  Employee  is  continued  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  or
otherwise;

          (b) For cause upon written notice by the Company to the Employee.  For
the  purposes  of this  Section 8(b),  cause  for  termination  shall be  fraud,
embezzlement, or other acts in intentional disregard of the Company's interests.

          (c) Death or thirty (30) days after the  disability  of Employee.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  the term  "disability"  shall mean the inability of
Employee  due to a  physical  or  mental  disability,  for a  period  of  ninety
(90) days  (whether  or not  consecutive)  during any three  hundred  sixty five
(365) day period to perform the services  contemplated  under this Agreement.  A
determination  of disability  shall be made by a physician  satisfactory to both
Employee and the Company; provided,  however, if Employee and the Company do not
agree on a physician, Employee and the Company shall each select a physician and
these two together shall select a third  physician,  and such third  physician's
determination as to disability shall be binding on all parties.

          (d) At the election of either party without cause,  upon not less than
six (6) months prior written notice of termination.

          (e) At the election of Employee if there is a material  breach of this
Agreement by the Company.

          9. Effect of Termination.

          (a)  Termination  for Cause or at Election of  Employee.  In the event
Employee's  employment is terminated  for cause  pursuant to Section 8(b), or at
the  election of the  Employee  pursuant to Section  8(a) or Section  8(d),  the
Company shall pay Employee within thirty (30) days of his termination a lump-sum
equal to his base salary (less applicable  deductions),  incentive  payments and
benefits, perquisites and services otherwise payable to him through the last day
of his actual employment by the Company, or such other period as may be required
by law.

          All previously  granted but unexercised vested stock options which are
outstanding  on  Employee's  date of  termination  shall remain fully vested and
exercisable  in  accordance  with their terms and all  non-vested  stock options
shall be  canceled.  In addition,  any other  vested  amounts or awards to which
Employee may be entitled under any other long term incentive program  referenced
in  Section  6  shall  be  paid  to  Employee  within  thirty  (30)  days of his
termination and all non-vested amounts or awards shall be canceled.

          (b)  Termination  at the Election of the Company or at the Election of
Employee for  Sufficient  Reason or Upon a Change of Control.  In the event that
Employee's  employment is terminated at the election of the Company  pursuant to
Section 8 (a) or Section 8(d), or at the election of the Employee for sufficient
reason pursuant to Section 8(e), or upon a Change of Control pursuant to Section
10, the Company shall pay Employee  within thirty (30) days of his termination a
lump-sum equal to his then base salary (less applicable  deductions),  incentive
payments and benefits, perquisites and services otherwise payable to him through
the later of: (i) the last day of the term of this Agreement pursuant to Section
2 or (ii) the period ending twelve (12) months after his termination. Additional
base salary (less  applicable  deductions)  shall be payable on a monthly basis,
commencing  on the  later  of the  two (2)  dates  referenced  in the  preceding
sentence and ending on the date of Employee's employment with an employer othe r
than the Company, or the date of his self-employment;  provided,  however, in no
event shall the total period of base salary  payments  under this Section  9(b),
exceed  twenty-four  (24)  months,  unless  the  last  day of the  term  of this
Agreement is more than twenty-four (24) months after Employee's termination.

          The incentive payments referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be
determined on a calendar quarter basis as follows:

          For the last full calendar  quarter in which Employee was employed for
the entire quarter, the incentive payment shall be equal to the amount otherwise
payable to the Employee in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.

          For each other full calendar quarter with respect to which Employee is
entitled to incentive  payments under the first paragraph of this Section 9 (b),
the incentive  payment shall be equal to the greater of: (i)  Employee's  target
incentive  award  for the  quarter  in which  Employee  has a  termination  from
employment or (ii) twenty_five percent (25%) of his actual incentive payment for
the immediately preceding calendar year.

          If the period with respect to which  Employee is entitled to incentive
payments  under the first  paragraph  of this  Section 9 (b) ends on a day other
than the last day of a calendar  quarter,  the incentive payment with respect to
such partial calendar quarter shall be an amount equal to the amount  determined
immediately  above  with  respect to full  calendar  quarters,  multiplied  by a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in such calendar  quarter,
with  respect to which  Employee is entitled to payment and the  denominator  of
which is the total number of days in such calendar quarter.

          All  previously  granted,  but  unexercised  stock  options  which are
outstanding  on  Employee's  date of  termination  shall  be  fully  vested  and
exercisable as of such date,  and shall be exercisable in accordance  with their
terms, or for a period of twelve (12) months after such  termination,  whichever
period is longer.  In addition,  any amounts or awards to which  Employee may be
entitled  under any other long term  incentive  program  referenced in Section 6
(whether or not vested)  shall be paid to Employee in a lump_sum  within  thirty
(30) days of his termination.

          (c)  Termination  for Death or  Disability.  In the  event  Employee's
employment is terminated  by death or disability  pursuant to Section 8(c),  the
Company shall pay to the estate of Employee,  or to Employee, as the case may be
, within thirty (30) days of Employee's death, or disability a lump-sum equal to
his then base salary and benefits, perquisites and services otherwise payable to
him through the last day of the term of this Agreement pursuant to Section 2, or
such other  period as may be required  by law;  provided,  however,  any amounts
payable  hereunder as a result of Employee's  disability shall be reduced by any
Company  provided  long term  disability  payments  received by him. The Company
shall also pay to the estate of  Employee,  or to  Employee  as the case may be,
within such thirty (30) day period,  an incentive  payment pursuant to Section 5
determined as if Employee were neither dead, nor disabled on the last day of the
calendar  quarter,  prorated  for the quarter in which the  Employee's  death or
disability occurs, or such longer period as may be required by law.

          All vested stock options shall remain  exercisable in accordance  with
their terms and all non-vested stock options shall be canceled. In addition, any
amounts or awards to which  Employee  may be entitled  under any other long term
incentive  program  referenced in Section 6 as a result of  Employee's  death or
disability, shall be paid to the estate of Employee, or to Employee, as the case
may be, in a lump-sum within thirty (30) days of Employee's  death or sixty (60)
days after he terminates for disability.

          10.  Change of  Control.  If a Change of Control  Event (as defined in
Section 14 of the 1997 Incentive Benefit Plan of Dialogic  Corporation)  occurs,
and as a result thereof  Employee  terminates his employment  within twelve (12)
months of the change, because:  (a) there is a significant  diminution,  without
mutual  agreement  of the  parties,  in  the  nature  and  scope  of  Employee's
authority,  power,  functions or duties, or (b) the Company assigns to Employee,
without  mutual  agreement  of the  parties  substantial  additional  duties  or
responsibilities  which are  inconsistent  with the duties of the Employee under
this Agreement,  or (c) the Company transfers  Employee without mutual agreement
of the parties to an office more than twenty_five  (25) miles from the principal
office of the  Company;  or Employee is  terminated  for reasons  other than for
cause  within  such  twelve  (12) month  period,  Employee  shall be entitled to
payment pursuant to Section 9(b) hereof.  In addition,  any expenses incurred by
Employee in connection  with a sserting his rights under this  Agreement  upon a
Change of Control shall be paid by the Company as and when  Employee  receives a
judgment in his favor from a court of competent jurisdiction.

          11.  Gross-up  Provision.  If any portion of any payments  received by
Employee  from  the  Company  (whether  payable  pursuant  to the  terms of this
Agreement or any other plan,  agreement  or  arrangement  with the Company,  its
successors  or any  person  whose  actions  result in a change of control of the
Company) shall be subject to tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended or any successor statutory provision, the Company shall
pay to Employee such additional  amounts as are necessary so that,  after taking
into  account  any tax  imposed  by  Section 4999  (or any  successor  statutory
provision),  and any federal and state income taxes payable on any such tax, the
Employee  is in the same  after-tax  position  that he would  have  been if such
Section 4999 or any successor  statutory provision did not apply and no payments
were made pursuant to this Section 11.

          12.  Confidentiality.   The  parties  acknowledge  that  Employee  has
previously  entered into an Amended  Employment  Agreement as of January 1, 1993
(the January 1993  Agreement) in connection  with  Employee's  employment by the
Company,  and that such Agreement at paragraphs 9 through 16 imposes  restraints
necessary for the reasonable and proper protection for the Company and that each
and every one of said  restraints is  reasonable  in respect to subject  matter,
length of time, and area.  Accordingly,  such paragraphs are incorporated herein
and made a part  hereof  as if set forth  herein,  in their  entirety  and shall
continue for a period of (i) three (3) years from and after the date hereof,  or
(ii)  three  (3) years  after  the end of any  employment  relationship  between
Employee and the Company  (including  any affiliate of the  Company),  whichever
period is longer.

          13.  Waivers.  This  Agreement  may be  modified,  and the  rights and
remedies of any provision hereof may be waived, only in writing,  signed by both
the Company and  Employee.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other
or any  provision  hereof  shall be  deemed to be a waiver of any later or other
breach hereof, or as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

          14.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

          15. Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained
in this  Agreement  for any  reason  shall  be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall
be construed as if such invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  provisions had never
been contained herein.

          16.  Termination  of All  Prior  Agreements;  Entire  Agreement.  Upon
execution of this Agreement, all prior employment agreements shall be terminated
and of no further  force or effect,  except for  paragraphs  9 through 16 of the
January  1993  Agreement,  which  are  incorporated  herein by  reference.  This
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Company
and Employee  with respect to the subject  matter hereof and supersede any other
prior agreements or understandings, whether oral or written.

          17. Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse Employee for any reasonable
expenses  incurred  by  Employee  in  connection  with the  negotiation  of this
Agreement.

          18. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given pursuant to
this Agreement shall be in writing, and sent to the party for whom (or which) it
is  intended at the address of such  parties  set forth below by  registered  or
certified mail, return receipt requested,  or at such other address either party
shall  designate by notice to the other in the manner provided herein for giving
notice.

If to the Company   Dialogic Corporation
                    1515 Route Ten
                    Parsippany, NJ 07054
                    Attn: Chairman of Compensation Committee

If to the Employee  Howard G. Bubb
                    21 Fernwood Place
                    Mountain Lakes, NJ 07046
                    
          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  hereto has  executed  this
Employment Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

                                   DIALOGIC CORPORATION
                                   /s/


                                   HOWARD G. BUBB
                                   /s/


                                  EXHIBIT 10.7

                           LOAN AGEEEMENT, AS AMENDED

                           UNSECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT by and between  SUMMIT BANK ("BANK") and Dialogic  Corporation,  a New
Jersey Corporation ("BORROWER"), dated as set forth.

1.  DEFINITIONS
    
    The terms set forth below shall be defined as follows:
    
    1.1 "Date of Agreement" is: as of November 1, 1997.
    
    1.2 "Borrower" means: Dialogic Corporation, a New Jersey Corporation.
    1.3 "Borrower's Address" is:  1515 Route 10, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.
    1.4 "Bank's Address" is:  210 Main Street, Hackensack, New Jersey 07601.
    1.5 "Event of Default" means each and every event specified in Section 6 of 
         this Agreement.
    1.6 "Loan Document(s)" means any Credit Agreement, Note, Security Agreement,
         Mortgage or any other document  heretofore, now or  hereafter  executed
         by Borrower  to  Bank,  together  with  all modifications, extensions 
         and/or renewals thereof.
    1.7 "Obligations"  means all indebtedness,  obligations and liabilities of  
         Borrower  to  Bank of every  kind and description,  direct or indirect,
         secured  or unsecured, joint or several,  absolute or  contingent,  due
         or to become due, including any overdrafts,  whether  for  payment  or 
         performance,  now  existing or  hereafter  arising,  whether presently 
         contemplated  or  not,  regardless of how the same  arise  or  by  what
         instrument,  agreement  or book  account  they  may  be evidenced,  or 
         whether evidenced  by   any   instrument,  agreement  or  book account,
         including,  but   not  limited  to  all  loans  (including any loan by 
         modification, renewal or extension), all indebtedness, all undertakings
         to  take  or  refrain  from  taking  any  action,  all   indebtedness, 
         liabilities  or  obligations  owing from Borrower to others which Bank 
         may have obtained by purchase,  negotiation, discount,   assignment or 
         otherwise;  and  all  interest,  taxes,  fees,  charges, expenses  and 
         attorney's  fees (whether or not such  attorney is a regularly salaried
         employee  of  Bank,  any   parent  corporation  or  any  subsidiary  or
         affiliate  thereof,  whether  now  existing  or  hereafter   created), 
         chargeable to Borrower  or incurred by Bank under this  Agreement,  or 
         any other  document or instrument delivered in  connection herewith or 
         therewith.
   1.8   "Termination  Date" is November 1, 1998,  unless such date is extended 
          on  one  or  more  occasions,  then  the  last  date of the last such 
          extension.

To the extent not defined in Section 1 (or any other Loan Document),  unless the
context  otherwise  requires,  all other terms contained in this Agreement shall
have the meanings  attributed to them by the Uniform Commercial Code in force in
the State of New Jersey,  as of the Date of  Agreement,  to the extent that same
are used or defined therein.

To the extent not defined in Section 1 (or any other Loan Document),  unless the
context  otherwise  requires,  all accounting  terms in this Agreement  shall be
construed in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles as of the
Date of Agreement, to the extent that same are used or defined therein.

2.   COMMITMENTS

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan  Documents,  Bank agrees to
     lend to  Borrower  and  Borrower  agrees to borrow  from Bank an  aggregate
     principal amount at any one time  outstanding not to exceed  $30,000,000.00
     from the Date of Agreement to the Termination  Date. Within such limits the
     Borrower may borrow,  repay and re-borrow at any time or from time to time.
     The face amount of all  commercial  or standby  letters of credit issued by
     Bank and drafts accepted by Bank for the account of Borrower is included in
     the aggregate principal amount.  There is a $3,000,000 sublimit for standby
     letters of credit.  Borrowings  hereunder  are to be used soley for working
     cpital.


3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


     3.1  Borrower represents and warrants to Bank, and such representations and
          warranties shall be continuing so long as any Obligations shall remain
          outstanding, as follows:
     

        3.1.1   Borrower  has the power and  authority to enter into and perform
                the  Loan  Documents  and  to  incur  the   Obligations.   If  a
                corporation,  Borrower has been duly  incorporated and organized
                and is validly  existing as a corporation in good standing under
                the  laws  of its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  and is  duly
                qualified as a foreign  corporation in those jurisdictions where
                the conduct of its business or the  ownership of its  properties
                requires qualification. If a limited liability company, Borrower
                has been  duly  formed  and  organized  as a  limited  liability
                company in good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of
                formation and is duly qualified as a foreign  limited  liability
                company in those jurisdictions where the conduct of its business
                or the ownership of its properties requires qualification.  If a
                partnership or a limited partnership,  Borrower has been validly
                formed,  is validly  existing as a partnership  in good standing
                under the laws of its  jurisdiction,  is legally  authorized  to
                transact business in New Jersey and in those jurisdictions where
                the  conduct of its  business  or  ownership  of its  properties
                requires  qualification,  is not  incorporated,  and  has  never
                changed  its  name or used any  other  name  and has  filed  all
                tradename   certificates  as  required  or  appropriate.   If  a
                proprietorship,   Borrower  is  validly  existing,   is  legally
                authorized  to  transact  business  in New  Jersey  and in those
                jurisdictions  where the conduct of its business or ownership of
                its properties requires qualification,  is not incorporated, has
                never  changed its name or used any other name and has filed all
                tradename  certificates  as required or appropriate and Borrower
                is the sole owner of the business.

        3.1.2   Borrower has not changed its name, form, identity or structure.

        3.1.3   This Agreement and any other Loan Documents constitute valid and
                legally  binding  Obligations  of Borrower  and are  enforceable
                against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

        3.1.4   Borrower has filed all Federal,  state and local tax returns and
                other  reports  it is  required  to file  and  has  paid or made
                adequate  provision  for payment of all such taxes,  assessments
                and other governmental charges.

        3.1.5   All property owned or utilized by Borrower is in compliance  and
                will continue to be in compliance  with all  requirements of all
                applicable  environmental laws,  including,  without limitation,
                the Industrial Site Recovery Act f/k/a the Environmental Cleanup
                Responsibility Act (N.J.S.A.13:1K-6 et seq., as amended) and the
                Spill Compensation and Control Act (N.J.S.A.58:10-23.11b et seq.
                as amended) and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984
                Pub. L98-616 (42 U.S.C. 699 et seq., as amended);  and a certain
                statute  adopted by New Jersey for  registration  of underground
                storage  tanks  (N.J.S.A.   58:10A-21  et  seq.);  the  Resource
                Conservation  and  Recovery  Act (42  U.S.C.  6901 et  seq.,  as
                amended)   and   the   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,
                Compensation  and  Liability  Act (42  U.S.C.  9601 et seq.,  as
                amended); (all such Federal,  state, county,  municipal or other
                laws,  ordinances or regulations  are  hereinafter  collectively
                referred to as the "Environmental Laws").

        3.1.6   Borrower has good and marketable  title to all of its properties
                and assets.  The execution and performance of this Agreement and
                any Loan  Document will not violate or result in a default or in
                the creation or imposition of any lien or  encumbrance  upon any
                of the assets of Borrower (immediately, with the passage of time
                or with the giving of notice and the  passage of time) under any
                other  contract,  agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a
                party or by which  Borrower is bound,  nor will it result in the
                acceleration of any obligation under any mortgage,  lien, lease,
                franchise,   license,  permit,  agreement,   instrument,  order,
                arbitration award, judgment, or decree, or in the termination of
                any license,  franchise, lease, or permit to which Borrower is a
                party or by  which  it is  bound;  and it will  not  violate  or
                conflict with any other  restriction of any kind or character to
                which Borrower is subject.

        3.1.7   Borrower  incurs the  Obligations  herein from Bank for business
                purposes only and shall not incur the  Obligations for personal,
                household or family purposes.

        3.1.8   There is no claim, loss, contingency,  litigation, or proceeding
                whether  or not  pending,  threatened  or  imminent  against  or
                otherwise  affecting  Borrower that involves the  possibility of
                any judgment or liability not fully  covered by  insurance,  and
                there is no claim, loss, contingency,  litigation, or proceeding
                whether  or not  pending,  threatened  or  imminent  against  or
                otherwise affecting Borrower that may result in material adverse
                change  in the  business,  properties,  operation  or  condition
                (financial or otherwise) of Borrower.

        3.1.9   Borrower has complied with all applicable statutes, regulations,
                ordinances,  court  decrees  or other  directives  of the United
                States of America, and all states, counties,  municipalities and
                agencies with respect to the  manufacture and sale of its goods,
                the  rendition  of  its  services  and/or  the  conduct  of  its
                business.

        3.1.10  Borrower has  heretofore  delivered  to Bank  current  financial
                statements,   acceptable   to  Bank,   which  were  prepared  by
                independent   certified   public   accountants.   The  financial
                statements were true,  correct and complete and were prepared in
                accordance  with  Generally  Accepted   Accounting   Principles,
                consistently  applied and present fairly the financial  position
                and results of  operations of Borrower as of the date of and for
                the period  involved.  The  financial  statements  make full and
                adequate  provision  for  all  obligations,   liabilities,   and
                commitments (fixed and contingent) of Borrower as of the date of
                the  financial  statements.  Since  the  date  of the  financial
                statements,  there has been no  material  adverse  change in the
                business,   properties,   prospects,   operation   or  condition
                (financial or otherwise) of Borrower.

        3.1.11  With  respect  to  each  Employee  Benefit  Plan  maintained  by
                Borrower,  no Prohibited  Transaction  or  Reportable  Event (as
                defined in Title IV of the Employee  Retirement  Income Security
                Act of  1974,  as  amended)  has  occurred  and  is  continuing;
                Borrower  is not  subject  to  thirty  (30)  days  notice to the
                Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation,  and Borrower will comply
                with the provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income Security
                Act of 1974,  as amended and the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
                as amended.

        3.1.12  Borrower is in compliance with all requirements of the Americans
                With  Disabilities  Act  of  1990,  42  U.S.C.  12101  et  seq.,
                including but not limited to those  regulations  promulgated  by
                the Architectural and Transportation Barrier Compliance Board at
                36 CFR 1191 et seq.,  and by the Department of Justice at 28 CFR
                36 et seq.

        3.1.13  Borrower is not a "foreign person" within the meaning of Section
                1445(f)(3)  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and
                the related Treasury Department regulations, including temporary
                regulations.

4.  GENERAL COVENANTS


     4.1  Borrower  covenants and agrees that so long as any  Obligations  shall
          remain outstanding:

        4.1.1   Borrower shall not permit any further mortgage,  pledge,  grant,
                Security  Interest  in or lien or  encumbrance  upon  any of the
                property, assets or rights of Borrower.


        4.1.2   Borrower  shall not merge or consolidate  with or sell,  assign,
                lease or  otherwise  transfer  or  dispose  of  (whether  in one
                transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially
                all of its assets  (whether now owned or  hereafter  acquired or
                arising)   to,  any   person  or  entity  or   acquire   all  or
                substantially  all the assets or the  business  of any person or
                entity;


        4.1.3   Borrower shall continue to engage in an efficient and economical
                manner in a business of the same general type as conducted by it
                on the Date of Agreement.

        4.1.4   Borrower shall furnish to Bank:
 
                4.1.4.1 Within  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  last day of each
                        fiscal year of Borrower, a financial statement including
                        a  balance  sheet and  statements  of  income,  retained
                        earnings  and  changes  in  financial   position,   each
                        prepared   in   accordance   with   Generally   Accepted
                        Accounting  Principles   consistently  applied,  with  a
                        report  signed  by  an  independent   certified   public
                        accountant satisfactory to Bank and a 10K report;

                4.1.4.2 Within  forty-five  (45)  days  after  the close of each
                        quarter  of  each  fiscal  year of  Borrower,  financial
                        statements  similar to those  required  under  paragraph
                        4.1.4.1, prepared by Borrower and certified by the chief
                        financial officer of Borrower and a 10Q report;

                4.1.4.3 Together  with the  financial  statements  set  forth in
                        Section  4.1.4.1,  a letter  executed  by the  aforesaid
                        accountant   acknowledging   Bank's   reliance  on  said
                        financial  statements and  Borrower's  knowledge of such
                        reliance;  4.1.4.4 Promptly and in form  satisfactory to
                        Bank,  such  other  information  as Bank may  reasonably
                        request from time to time.

        4.1.5   Borrower  shall comply with all present and future  laws,  rules
                and  regulations  applicable to Borrower in the operation of its
                business  and the  ownership  of its  assets,  and all  material
                agreements to which it is subject.

    4.2   Borrower further covenants and agrees to:

        4.2.1   Promptly   notify   Bank  of  any   condition   or  event  which
                constitutes,  or would  constitute  with the  passage of time or
                giving  of  notice  or  both,  an Event of  Default  under  this
                Agreement or any Loan  Document and promptly  inform Bank of any
                events  or  change  in  the  financial   condition  of  Borrower
                occurring  since  the date of the last  financial  statement  of
                Borrower  delivered to Bank, which  individually or cumulatively
                when viewed in light of prior financial statements, could result
                in a  material  adverse  change  in  the  business,  properties,
                prospects,  operation or condition  (financial  or otherwise) of
                Borrower;

        4.2.2   If a  corporation,  maintain  in  good  standing  its  corporate
                existence in its jurisdiction of incorporation and its status as
                a  foreign  corporation   qualified  to  do  business  in  those
                jurisdictions  where Borrower is required to be qualified;  if a
                partnership or a limited partnership,  maintain in good standing
                its partnership  existence in its  jurisdiction of formation and
                its  status as a foreign  limited  partnership  qualified  to do
                business in those jurisdictions where Borrower is required to be
                qualified;  if a limited  liability  company,  maintain  in good
                standing  its  limited   liability   company  existence  in  its
                jurisdiction  of formation  and its status as a foreign  limited
                liability   company   qualified   to  do   business   in   those
                jurisdictions where Borrower is required to be qualified.

        4.2.3   Pay or  deposit  promptly  when  due  all  sales,  use,  excise,
                personal property, income, withholding, corporate, franchise and
                other taxes,  assessments  and  governmental  charges and,  when
                requested  by Bank,  submit to Bank proof  satisfactory  to Bank
                that such payments and/or deposits have been made;

        4.2.4   Notify  Bank in  writing  within  ten (10)  days,  of any claim,
                litigation,  action  or  proceeding  filed  or  commenced  by or
                against  Borrower that could result in a material adverse change
                in the business,  properties,  prospects, operation or condition
                (financial  or  otherwise)  of Borrower;  or a material  adverse
                occurrence,  in each case, together with a complete  description
                of the  action  taken  or  proposed  to be  taken  with  respect
                thereto;

        4.2.5   Notify Bank in writing  immediately  of any  amendments or other
                changes to any by-laws, articles of incorporation,  certificates
                of  formation,  operating  agreements,  partnership  agreements,
                limited  partnership  agreements or any other document (or other
                arrangement,   whether  or  not  in   writing)   governing   the
                organization   or  operation  of  Borrower  or  the   respective
                interests of its  shareholders,  members or partners,  provided,
                however,  that if Borrower is a limited  liability  company,  no
                amendments to the Operating  Agreement  will be made without the
                prior written consent of Bank.

5.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS

    5.1  Borrower  covenants  and  agrees  that so long as any Obligations shall
         remain  outstanding  Borrower shall:
             
        5.1.1   Not incur any  indebtedness  from any  source  other  than Bank,
                except normal trade debts and accruals in the ordinary course of
                business.

6.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION

     6.1  The  occurrence  of any  one or  more of the  following  events  shall
          constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

   
        6.1.1   Failure to pay any principal, interest or any of the Obligations
                as and when due;

        6.1.2   Failure to perform or observe any  covenant,  term or  agreement
                herein set forth or set forth in any Loan Document;  (other than
                Section 5 of this Agreement) and the continuance of such failure
                for a period of five (5) days after  notice  thereof to Borrower
                from Bank.

        6.1.3   Any  representation  or  warranty  made  or  deemed  made by the
                Borrower herein or in any Loan Document or which is contained in
                any certificate,  document, opinion or other statement furnished
                now or at any time shall prove to be  incorrect  in any material
                respect on or as of the date made or deemed to be made;

        6.1.4   Failure to pay or perform  any  Obligation  of any  Borrower  to
                Bank,  whether by maturity or acceleration,  set forth herein or
                in any Loan Document;

        6.1.5   A  proceeding  being filed or  commenced  against  Borrower  for
                dissolution  or  liquidation;  or any  Borrower  voluntarily  or
                involuntarily  terminating or dissolving or being  terminated or
                dissolved;  insolvency of Borrower, or Borrower fails to pay its
                debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business;  or
                a  creditor's   committee  is  appointed  for  the  business  of
                Borrower,  or Borrower  makes an  assignment  for the benefit of
                creditors,  or a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or
                to  effect  a plan of  arrangement  with  creditors  is filed by
                Borrower;  or Borrower applies for or permits the appointment of
                a receiver or trustee for any or all of its property,  assets or
                rights,  or  any  such  receiver  or  trustee  shall  have  been
                appointed for any or all of its property,  assets or rights;  or
                any of the above actions or proceedings whatsoever are commenced
                by or against any other party liable for the Obligations;

        6.1.6   Any final judgment,  order or decree rendered  against  Borrower
                exceeding  $25,000  and  remaining  undischarged,   unstayed  or
                outstanding against Borrower for a period of thirty (30) days;

        6.1.7   Any  investigation  undertaken by any governmental  entity which
                may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  Borrower  or if any
                indictment,  charge or proceeding is filed or commenced, whether
                criminal  or civil,  pursuant  to Federal  or state law  against
                Borrower for which  forfeiture  of any of the property or assets
                of Borrower is a penalty;

        6.1.8   Any  Reportable  Event as  defined  in the  Employee  Retirement
                Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  occurs  or if any
                Employee Benefit Plan is terminated or Bank reasonably  believes
                that such plan may be  terminated  pursuant to and as defined in
                the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;

        6.1.9   Bank  reasonably  deems itself  insecure;  the  occurrence  of a
                material adverse change in the business, properties,  prospects,
                operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower;  or
                a material adverse occurrence; or

        6.1.10  Any  member  of  Borrower  that is a limited  liability  company
                resigns or any such member's interest terminates.

     6.2  If any Event of Default shall occur,  then or at any time  thereafter,
          while such Event of  Default  shall  continue,  Bank may  declare  all
          Obligations  to  be  due  and  payable,   without   notice,   protest,
          presentment,  dishonor  or demand,  all of which are hereby  expressly
          waived by Borrower.

7.       RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

         Bank shall have the following rights and remedies at any time:

     7.1  Bank,  and any  officer  or agent of Bank is  hereby  constituted  and
          appointed as true and lawful attorney-in-fact of Borrower with power:

        7.1.1   To endorse the name of Borrower  upon any  instrument of payment
                (including payments made under any policy of insurance) that may
                come  into  possession  of Bank in full or part  payment  of any
                Obligation;
 
     7.2  Bank shall have the right to setoff,  without notice to Borrower,  any
          and all deposits or other sums at any time or times credited by or due
          from Bank to Borrower,  whether in a special  account or other account
          or represented  by a certificate  of deposit  (whether or not matured)
          which deposits and other sums shall at all times constitute additional
          security  for the  Obligations  and may be set-off  against all or any
          part of the  Obligations at any time.  Borrower does hereby  authorize
          Bank and any  other  member  of  Summit  Bancorp  on behalf of Bank to
          likewise setoff without  notice,  any or all deposits or other sums on
          behalf of Bank,  hereby granting to all such members of Summit Bancorp
          as necessary to  effectuate  the  foregoing,  a lien on and a security
          interest in and to such deposits or other sums.  Bank agrees  promptly
          to notify  Borrower  after any such setoff and  application,  provided
          that the failure to give such notice  shall not affect the validity of
          such setoff and application.

     7.3  Bank shall have any and all remedies not enumerated  above,  available
          at law or in  equity,  all of  which  rights  and  remedies  shall  be
          cumulative and non-exclusive, to the extent permitted by law.

     7.4  If at any time Bank determines  that any applicable  law,  regulation,
          condition or directive, or the interpretation of any thereof, relating
          to capital  adequacy  (including  but not  limited  to,  any  request,
          guideline  or  policy,  whether  or not  having  the  force of law and
          including but not limited to, any regulation  promulgated by the Board
          of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now or from time to time
          hereafter in effect) by any authority charged with the  administration
          or interpretation thereof, or any change in any of the foregoing,  has
          or would  have the  effect  of  reducing  the rate of return on Bank's
          capital as a consequence of Bank's obligations under this Agreement to
          a level  below that which Bank would have  achieved  but for such law,
          regulation,  condition,  directive,  interpretation  or change (taking
          into  consideration  Bank's policies with respect to capital adequacy)
          by an  amount  deemed by Bank to be  material,  then from time to time
          Borrower shall pay to Bank on demand such additional amount(s) as will
          compensate Bank for such reduction.

        7.4.1   Bank will promptly  notify Borrower of any event of which it has
                knowledge,  occurring after the date hereof,  which will entitle
                Bank to  compensation  pursuant to Section 7.4. A certificate or
                notice from Bank  claiming  compensation  under  Section 7.4 and
                setting  forth  the  additional  amount(s)  to  be  paid  to  it
                hereunder  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
                In  determining  such  amount,   Bank  may  use  any  reasonable
                averaging and attribution methods.

        7.4.2   Borrower's  failure  to pay  such  additional  amount(s),  shall
                result in Borrower  becoming  liable for the difference  between
                the actual return achieved and what Bank had expected to achieve
                and shall become a part of Borrower's Obligations herein.

     7.5  In the event that Borrower's  credit  relationship  with Bank is rated
          substandard or lower on Bank's rating system(s),  all of which ratings
          shall be in Bank's absolute and sole discretion, Borrower shall pay to
          Bank,  upon receipt of notice from Bank to such effect,  an additional
          1% per annum in excess of each payment to be made under this Agreement
          and any other Loan  Document  until such  rating is  upgraded to above
          substandard. Borrower's failure to pay such additional amount(s) shall
          become a part of Borrower's  Obligations payable on demand and secured
          by the Collateral.

8.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8.1  The failure of Bank at any time or times  hereafter to require  strict
          performance by Borrower of any of the  provisions,  warranties,  terms
          and  conditions  contained  herein or in any Loan  Document  shall not
          waive,  affect  or  diminish  any  right  of Bank at any time or times
          thereafter to demand  strict  performance  thereof.  No rights of Bank
          hereunder or in any Loan Document  shall be deemed to have been waived
          by any act or knowledge of Bank,  its agents,  officers or  employees,
          unless such waiver is contained in an instrument in writing  signed by
          an officer of Bank and directed to Borrower specifying such waiver. No
          waiver by Bank of any of its rights  shall  operate as a waiver of any
          other of its rights or any of its rights on a future occasion.

     8.2  Any demand or notice required or permitted to be given hereunder or in
          any Loan  Document  shall be deemed  effective  when  deposited in the
          United  States  mail,  and  sent by  certified  mail,  return  receipt
          requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to Bank, ATTN: Branch Manager,
          at Bank's Address or to Borrower at Borrower's Address, as applicable,
          or to  such  other  address  as may be  provided  by the  party  to be
          notified, on ten (10) days prior written notice to the other party.

     8.3  Any notice  required to be given by Bank made in  accordance  with the
          terms herein or any Loan Document at least ten (10) days prior to such
          proposed  action,  shall  constitute  fair and  reasonable  notice  to
          Borrower of any such action.

     8.4  This Agreement and the Loan Documents contain the entire understanding
          between  the  parties   hereto  with   respect  to  the   transactions
          contemplated  herein  and such  understanding  shall  not be  modified
          except in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties hereto.

     8.5  Borrower  shall not hold Bank  liable  due to any action or failure to
          act by Bank  herein or in any Loan  Document  including  any action or
          failure  to act as a result  of Bank's  gross  negligence  or  willful
          misconduct. This provision shall survive the termination or expiration
          of this  Agreement or any Loan  Document and the  repayment in full of
          Borrower's Obligations.

     8.6  Wherever possible, each provision herein or in any Loan Document shall
          be  interpreted  in such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under
          applicable  law.  Should  any  portion of this  Agreement  or any Loan
          Document be declared invalid for any reason in any jurisdiction,  such
          declaration  shall have no effect upon the remaining  portions of this
          Agreement  or any Loan  Document.  Furthermore,  the  entirety of this
          Agreement or any Loan Document shall continue in full force and effect
          in all other  jurisdictions  and said remaining  portions herein or in
          any Loan  Document  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect in the
          subject  jurisdiction  as if this  Agreement or any Loan  Document had
          been executed with the invalid portions thereof deleted.

     8.7  The provisions of this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be binding
          upon  and  shall  inure  to  the   benefit  of  the  heirs,   personal
          representatives,  administrators,  successors  and assigns of Bank and
          Borrower; provided, however, Borrower may not assign any of its rights
          or delegate any of its  Obligations  hereunder or in any Loan Document
          without the prior written consent of Bank.

     8.8  This  Agreement  or any Loan  Document  is and shall be deemed to be a
          contract  entered  into and made  pursuant to the laws of the State of
          New Jersey and shall in all respects be governed,  construed,  applied
          and enforced in accordance with the laws of said State.

     8.9  If, prior  hereto  and/or at any time or times  hereafter,  Bank shall
          employ counsel in connection  with the execution and  consummation  of
          the  transactions  contemplated  herein or in any Loan  Document or to
          commence,  defend or intervene,  file a petition,  complaint,  answer,
          motion  or other  pleadings,  or to take any  other  action in or with
          respect to any suit or proceeding  (bankruptcy or otherwise)  relating
          to this  Agreement or any Loan  Document,  or to enforce any rights of
          Bank  hereunder or in any Loan  Document,  whether before or after the
          occurrence  of  any  Event  of  Default,  or to  collect  any  of  the
          Obligations  then,  in any of  such  events,  Borrower  agrees  to pay
          attorney fees,  (whether or not such attorney is a regularly  salaried
          employee  of  Bank,  any  parent  corporation  or  any  subsidiary  or
          affiliate thereof,  whether now existing or hereafter created), not to
          exceed 20% of the  Obligations,  which shall be deemed  reasonable and
          any expenses,  costs and charges relating  thereto,  and such shall be
          part of the Obligations payable on demand.

     8.10 With respect to all or any part of the Obligations,  in the event that
          Bank  seeks  to  enter  into  a  participation,  intercreditor  and/or
          assignment agreement,  then Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to release
          all or  part  of any  financial  or  credit  information  provided  by
          Borrower to Bank to any other bank or  financial  institution  without
          notice.

     8.11 Each reference  herein or in any Loan Document to Bank shall be deemed
          to include its successors and assigns,  and each reference to Borrower
          and any pronouns  referring  thereto as used herein shall be construed
          in the masculine,  feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the context
          may  require,  and shall be  deemed to  include  the  heirs,  personal
          representatives,  administrators,  successors and assigns of Borrower,
          all of whom  shall be bound by the  provisions  hereof  or in any Loan
          Document.  The term "Borrower" as used herein shall, if this Agreement
          or any Loan Document is signed by more than one Borrower, mean, unless
          this Agreement or any Loan Document  otherwise  provides or unless the
          context otherwise  requires,  the "Borrower" and each of them and each
          and every representation,  promise, agreement and undertaking shall be
          joint and several,  except that the right of set-off and lien shall be
          by each Borrower in and to its several respective properties.

     8.12 The section  headings  herein are  included for  convenience  only and
          shall  not be  deemed  to be a part  of  this  Agreement  or any  Loan
          Document.

9.  ASSIGNMENT BY BANK
   
     Bank may from  time to time  without  notice  to  Borrower,  sell,  assign,
     transfer or  otherwise  dispose of all or any part of the  Obligations.  In
     such event,  each and every immediate and successive  purchaser,  assignee,
     transferee or holder of all or any part of the  Obligations  shall have the
     right to enforce this Agreement, by legal action or otherwise,  for its own
     benefit as fully as if such purchaser,  assignee, transferee or holder were
     herein  by  name  specifically  given  such  rights.  Bank  shall  have  an
     unimpaired  right to enforce this Agreement for its benefit to that portion
     of the Obligations as Bank has not sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise
     disposed of.
     
10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL  BORROWER  WAIVES  TRIAL BY JURY AND  CONSENTS  TO AND
     CONFERS  PERSONAL  JURISDICTION  ON COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY OR OF
     THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT,  AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS AS TO VENUE IN
     ANY OF SUCH  COURTS,  AND AGREES  THAT  SERVICE  OF PROCESS  MAY BE MADE ON
     BORROWER  BY  MAILING  A COPY OF THE  SUMMONS  TO  BORROWER  AT  BORROWER'S
     ADDRESS.   BANK LIKEWISE WAIVES  TRIAL BY JURY.
     ===========================================================================

ATTEST:                           BORROWER   Dialogic   Corporation,   a   New
                                             Jersey Corporation


/s/                                          /s/
___________________________                  ___________________________
Theodore Weitz, Secretary                    Thomas  G.  Amato, CFO


ATTEST:                                       SUMMIT BANK

/s/                                          /s/
_________________________________            ___________________________________
           Assistant Treasurer               Susan Wright-Kail, Vice President


SUMMIT BANK

                               MASTER ADVANCE NOTE
                                                                 $30,000,000.00

As of November 1, 1997

================================================================================
LOAN

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Undersigned, ("BORROWER"),  unconditionally (and jointly
and severally,  if more than one) promise(s) to pay to SUMMIT BANK ("BANK"),  or
order,  at its offices at 210 Main Street,  Hackensack,  New Jersey 07601, or at
such  other  place  as may be  designated  in  writing  by Bank,  the  principal
aggregate sum of Thirty Million  Dollars and No Cents  ($30,000,000.00)  or such
lesser amount of advances as may have been  borrowed,  repaid and reborrowed (or
for such other  financial  accommodations  as may have been made)  together with
interest  from  the date  hereof  on the  unpaid  principal  balance  hereunder,
computed daily, at the RATES per annum  indicated  below,  payable in accordance
with the particular  PAYMENT  SCHEDULE  indicated below. Any advance(s) shall be
conclusively  presumed  to have  been  made to and  for the  benefit  and at the
request  of  Borrower  when  made  in  accordance   with  the  oral  or  written
instructions of Borrower,  or of any one of them if more than one, or of any one
signing  below for or on behalf of  Borrower.  This Note is subject to an annual
30-day clean-up requirement where outstandings under this Note shall be -$0- for
such annual 30-day period.

================================================================================
RATE

Provided,  that no Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) shall have occurred
and be then  continuing,  advances  under this Note shall bear  interest  on the
unpaid  principal  amount  thereof at the following  RATE(S) per annum:  (i) the
Prevailing  Base Rate (as  defined in Exhibit A attached  hereto and made a part
hereof)  minus  .75% or (ii) the LIBOR  Rate (as  defined  in Exhibit A attached
hereto and made a part hereof) or (iii) any combination  thereof.  Interest will
be  calculated  on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of
360 days,  unless  otherwise  prohibited by law. To the extent permitted by law,
whenever  there is any Event of Default  under this Note,  or  non-payment  upon
demand,  the RATE of  interest on the unpaid  principal  balance  shall,  at the
option  of  Bank,  be 2%  over  the  interest  RATE  provided  herein.  Borrower
acknowledges that (i) such default rate is a material inducement to Bank to make
the loan, (ii) Bank would not have made the loan in the absence of the agreement
of the Obligors (as defined in Section 1 of the Additional  Terms and Conditions
hereto) to pay such  default  rate and (iii) such  default rate is not a penalty
and  represents  a  reasonable  estimate of the cost to Bank in  allocating  its
resources  (both  personnel and financial) to the on-going  review,  monitoring,
administration and collection of the loan. Notwithstanding any other limitations
contained in this Note, Bank does not intend to charge and Borrower shall not be
required  to pay any  interest or other fees or charges in excess of the maximum
permitted by  applicable  law.  Any payments in excess of such maximum  shall be
refunded to Borrower or credited against principal.

================================================================================
PAYMENT SCHEDULE

In the event that any payment shall not be received by Bank within TEN (10) days
of the due date, Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay Bank a late
charge of 5% of the overdue  payment (but in no event to be less than $25.00 nor
more than  $2,500.00).  Any such late  charge  assessed is  immediately  due and
payable.  All payments received hereunder may be applied first to the payment of
any expenses or charges payable hereunder and accrued interest,  and the balance
only  applied  to  principal.  Principal  shall be paid in a single  payment  on
November 1, 1998.  Interest shall be paid monthly commencing on February 1, 1998
and continuing on the same day of each successive  month thereafter with a final
payment of all unpaid  interest  at the time of the final  payment of the unpaid
principal.
================================================================================
SECURITY

As security for this Note, or any  modifications,  extensions  and/or  renewals,
Borrower  grants to Bank a lien on, a  continuing  security  interest  in, and a
right to set-off at any time,  without notice, all property and deposit accounts
at,  under the control of or in transit to Bank which  belong to  Borrower,  any
Guarantor or Endorser hereof.

================================================================================
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

BORROWER WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY AND CONSENTS TO AND CONFERS PERSONAL  JURISDICTION
ON COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY OR OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, AND EXPRESSLY
WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS AS TO VENUE IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS, AND AGREES THAT SERVICE
OF PROCESS  MAY BE MADE ON BORROWER BY MAILING A COPY OF THE SUMMONS TO BORROWER
AT BORROWER'S ADDRESS. BANK LIKEWISE WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.

================================================================================
THE ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE ARE A PART OF THIS 
NOTE.
================================================================================


ATTEST:                           BORROWER   Dialogic   Corporation,   a   New
                                             Jersey Corporation

/s/                                          /s/
___________________________________          ___________________________________
        Theodore Weitz, Secretary            Thomas  G.  Amato, CFO

with its place of  business or chief  executive  office (if it has more than one
place of business) at 1515 Route 10, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

================================================================================
                         ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


1.   Borrower  and  any  Co-Borrowers,  or  Guarantor,  or any  Endorser  hereof
     (collectively  "Obligors")  and each of  them:  (i)  waive(s)  presentment,
     dishonor,  demand, notice of demand,  protest, notice of protest and notice
     of  nonpayment  and any other notice  required to be given under law to any
     Obligors in connection with the delivery, acceptance,  performance, default
     or enforcement of this Note, or any endorsement or guaranty of this Note or
     any  document or  instrument  evidencing  any  security for payment of this
     Note; (ii) consent(s) to any and all delays, extensions,  renewals or other
     modifications  of this Note or  waivers  of any term  hereof or  release or
     discharge by Bank of any Obligors or release,  substitution  or exchange of
     any  security  for the payment  hereof or the failure to act on the part of
     Bank or any  indulgence  shown by Bank from time to time and in one or more
     instances,  (without  notice to or further  assent from any  Obligors)  and
     agree(s)  that no such  action,  failure to act or failure to exercise  any
     right or remedy on the part of Bank  shall in any way  affect or impair the
     obligations  of any  Obligors  or be  construed  as a waiver by Bank of, or
     otherwise  affect,  any  of  Bank's  rights  under  this  Note,  under  any
     endorsement  or guaranty of this Note or under any  document or  instrument
     evidencing  any security for payment of this Note;  and (iii)  (jointly and
     severally,  if more than one)  agree(s)  to pay,  on demand,  all costs and
     expenses of collection of this Note or of any  endorsement  or any guaranty
     hereof  and/or the  enforcement  of Bank's  rights with  respect to, or the
     administration,  supervision,  preservation,  protection of, or realization
     upon,  any  property  securing  payment  hereof,  (including  any costs and
     expenses incurred in any bankruptcy or other insolvency  proceedings of any
     Obligors),  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees  (whether  or not  such
     attorney is a regularly  salaried employee of Bank, any parent  corporation
     or any subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  whether now existing or hereafter
     created),  not to exceed 20% of all liabilities  hereunder,  which shall be
     deemed reasonable.

2.   This  Note is  delivered  in and shall be  construed  under the laws of the
     State  of  New  Jersey  and  in  any  litigation  in  connection  with,  or
     enforcement of, this Note or of any endorsement or guaranty of this Note or
     any security given for payment hereof. The term "Bank" as used in this Note
     shall include Bank's successors, endorsers and assigns.

3.   The occurrence of any one or more of the following  events shall constitute
     an Event of Default hereunder:  (i) failure to pay any principal,  interest
     or any of the  Obligations  as and when due; (ii) failure to pay or perform
     any  Obligation  of any of the  Obligors  to Bank,  whether by  maturity or
     acceleration,  set  forth  in this  Note or in any Loan  Document;  (Iii) a
     proceeding being filed or commenced  against any Obligor for dissolution or
     liquidation;   or  any  of  the  Obligors   voluntarily  or   involuntarily
     terminating or dissolving or being terminated or dissolved; (iv) insolvency
     of any Obligor, or any Obligor fails to pay its debts as they become due in
     the ordinary course of business; or a creditor's committee is appointed for
     the business of any Obligor,  or any Obligor  makes an  assignment  for the
     benefit of creditors,  or a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or
     to effect a plan of arrangement with creditors is filed by any Obligor;  or
     any Obligor applies for or permits the appointment of a receiver or trustee
     for any or all of its  property,  assets or rights or any such  receiver or
     trustee shall have been appointed for any or all of its property, assets or
     rights or any of the above actions or proceedings  whatsoever are commenced
     by or  against  any  Obligor;  (v) any  attachments,  liens  or  additional
     security   interests  being  placed  upon  any  of  the  Collateral;   (vi)
     acquisition  at any time or from  time to time of title to the whole or any
     part  of the  Collateral  by any  person,  partnership,  limited  liability
     company  or  corporation  other than any of the  Obligors;  (vii) any final
     judgment, order or decree rendered against any Obligor exceeding $25,000.00
     and remaining  undischarged,  unstayed,  or outstanding against any Obligor
     for a period of thirty (30) days;  (viii) any  investigation  undertaken by
     any  governmental  entity which may have a material  adverse  affect on any
     Obligor or if any  indictment,  charge or proceeding is filed or commenced,
     whether  criminal  or civil  pursuant  to Federal or state law  against any
     Obligor  for  which  forfeiture  of any of the  property  or assets of such
     Obligor is a penalty;  (ix) any Reportable  Event occurs or if any Employee
     Benefit Plan is  terminated  or Bank  reasonably  believes such plan may be
     terminated  pursuant to and as defined in the  Employee  Retirement  Income
     Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended;  (x)  Bank  reasonably  deems  itself
     insecure;  the  occurrence  of a material  adverse  change in the business,
     properties,  prospects,  operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of
     any  Obligor;  or a  material  adverse  occurrence;  (xi) any  member of an
     Obligor that is a limited  liability  company  resigns or any such member's
     interest  terminates.  

4.   If any Event of Default  shall occur,  then or any time  thereafter,  while
     such Event of Default shall  continue,  Bank may declare all Obligations to
     be due and  payable,  without  notice,  protest,  presentment,  dishonor or
     demand,  all of which are hereby expressly  waived by Obligors.  Failure of
     Bank to declare all  Obligations  due and payable upon the occurrence of an
     Event of  Default  shall  not be  deemed a  waiver,  and no  rights of Bank
     hereunder  shall be deemed to have been  waived by an act or  knowledge  of
     Bank, its agents, officers or employees, unless such waiver is contained in
     an  instrument  in writing  signed by an officer  of Bank and  directed  to
     Borrower  specifying  such  waiver.  No waiver by Bank of any of its rights
     shall  operate  as a waiver of any other of its rights or any of its rights
     on a future occasion.

5.   In the event any one or more of the  provisions  of this Note shall for any
     reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part
     or in any respect,  or in the event that any one or more of the  provisions
     of this Note  operate or would  prospectively  operate to  invalidate  this
     Note, then and in either of those events, such provision or provisions only
     shall be deemed null and void and shall not affect any other  provision  of
     this Note and the remaining  provisions of this Note shall remain operative
     and in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or
     discharged thereby.



                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

                  SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT PRIVATE


     This Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement  ("Agreement")  is made and entered
into as of this  1st day of  October,  1997,  by and  between  The  Mutual  Life
Insurance Company of New York with offices at 1740 Broadway,  New York, New York
10019 (the "Landlord"), and Dialogic Corporation, a New Jersey corporation, with
offices and a principal place of business located at 1515 Route 10,  Parsippany,
New Jersey 07054 (the "Tenant").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS,   Landlord  is  the  owner  of  the  real  property  and  all  the
improvements  thereon  located at 1515  Route 10,  Parsippany,  New Jersey  (the
"Building"); and,

     WHEREAS,  Tenant  desired to lease from  Landlord and  Landlord  desired to
lease to Tenant  approximately  115,000 square feet of office space on the first
and second floors of the Building and 10,000 square feet of storage space on the
basement level (the "Original Premises"); and,

     WHEREAS,  on or about  September 1, 1993 Landlord and Tenant entered into a
written Lease Agreement (the "Original Lease") for the Premises; and,
 
     WHEREAS,  during January 1994 a first  amendment to the Original Lease (the
"First Amendment") was proposed, but never agreed upon or effective; and,

     WHEREAS,  as of January 20, 1994 Landlord and Tenant  entered into a Second
Amendment to Lease Agreement (the "Second Amendment"); and,

     WHEREAS, as of July 19, 1994 (notwithstanding that the Fourth Amendment, as
defined below,  references the date of the Third Amendment as of March 10, 1994)
Landlord and Tenant  entered  into a Third  Amendment  to Lease  Agreement  (the
"Third Amendment"); and,

     WHEREAS,  as of December 20, 1994 Landlord and Tenant entered into a Fourth
Amendment to Lease Agreement (the "Fourth Amendment"); and,

     WHEREAS,  as of April 15, 1996,  Landlord  and Tenant  entered into a Fifth
Amendment to Lease Agreement (the "Fifth Amendment", the Second Amendment, Third
Amendment,  Fourth Amendment and Fifth Amendment are collectively referred to as
the  "Amendments";  and the Original Lease,  as modified by the  Amendments,  is
referred to as the "Lease"); and,

     WHEREAS,  Landlord  and  Tenant do now  hereby  desire to amend and  modify
certain terms of the Lease as more particularly set forth below.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  it is hereby agreed that in  consideration  of the mutual
covenants contained herein, and for such other good and valuable  consideration,
the sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged by the parties hereto,
Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

     1. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have their
meanings described to them in the Lease.  Furthermore,  in addition to the terms
elsewhere defined herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Seventh Expansion Space" shall mean approximately 19,630 square feet on the
third  floor of the  Building,  as shown on the  floor  plan  annexed  hereto as
Exhibit A and made a part  hereof.  (b)  "Eighth  Expansion  Space"  shall  mean
approximately 8,053 square feet on the first floor of the Building,  as shown on
the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof. (c) "Basement
Expansion Space" shall mean  approximately  8,000 square feet of the basement of
the Building as shown on the floor plan  annexed  hereto as Exhibit C and made a
part hereof.  (d) "Seventh Rental  Commencement  Date" shall mean the earlier of
(i) the date upon which  Landlord's  Work (as defined below) in connection  with
the Seventh Expansion Space has been substantially  completed,  or (ii) the date
Tenant  shall  occupy any of the Seventh  Expansion  Space.  (e) "Eighth  Rental
Commencement  Date" shall mean the earlier of (i) the date upon which Landlord's
Work in  connection  with the  Eighth  Expansion  Space  has been  substantially
completed,  or (ii) the date  Tenant  shall  occupy any of the Eighth  Expansion
Space.

     2. Tenant warrants,  covenants and acknowledges that as of the date hereof,
to the best of its knowledge:  a) Landlord is not in default under the Lease and
no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or
both,  would  constitute a default under the Lease as modified by this Agreement
on the  part of the  Landlord;  b)  Tenant  does not  contest  the  validity  or
enforceability  of the Lease and this  Agreement,  and  Tenant  has no claims or
defenses  as to  obligations  under  the  Lease  and this  Agreement  and is not
entitled to any offset or abatement with respect thereto,  except for Landlord's
obligation under Section 12 of this Agreement;  c) Landlord has performed all of
its  obligations of an executory  nature  (including all  construction  required
under the Lease)  pursuant to the terms and  provisions of the Lease  (including
Landlord's  obligations  with  respect  to the  Fourth  Expansion  Space,  Fifth
Expansion Space and Sixth Expansion Space [as such terms are defined below]); d)
the  Commencement D ate, as such term is defined in the Lease was June 13, 1994,
and the Expiration  Date, as defined in the Lease (without  giving effect to any
renewal  options,  but  giving  effect  to  paragraphs  10 and 22 of the  Fourth
Amendment)  is June 14,  2005;  e) the Lease is in full force and effect and has
not been  amended  or  modified  except by this  Agreement;  f) Tenant is not in
default in the  performance of the Lease and has not committed any breach of the
Lease and  Tenant  is not the  subject  of any  federal  or  state,  bankruptcy,
insolvency or liquidation  proceeding;  and g) Except for the Seventh  Expansion
Space,  and the  Eighth  Expansion  Space,  Tenant has  accepted  and is in full
possession  of the  Premises (as defined  below),  including  all  improvements,
additions,  and  alterations  thereto  required to be made by Landlord under the
Lease.

     3. (a) In addition to those premises that Landlord has previously leased to
Tenant and Tenant has previously  leased from Landlord  pursuant to the Original
Lease and the  Amendments,  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby
leases  from  Landlord  the  following  additional  premises:  (i)  the  Seventh
Expansion  Space,  (ii) the  Eighth  Expansion  Space,  and (iii)  the  Basement
Expansion  Space.  Within  thirty  (30) days of the  signing of this  Agreement,
Landlord shall cause the Seventh Expansion Space, the Eighth Expansion Space and
the Basement  Expansion Space to be measured pursuant to the BOMA method and the
exact square footage shall be deemed fixed. Promptly thereafter,  landlord shall
deliver tenant the measured dimensions.

     (b) It is the intent of the  parties  hereto that the  "Premises",  as such
term is defined in the Original Lease and which has been redefined and increased
pursuant to certain of the Amendments,  shall be further redefined and increased
and shall now  incorporate the Seventh  Expansion  Space,  the Eighth  Expansion
Space and the Basement  Expansion  Space as well as all of the space  previously
demised to the Tenant, including the following: the Original Premises, the First
Expansion  Space (as such term is  defined in the Third  Amendment),  the Second
Expansion  Space and Third  Expansion  Space (as such  terms are  defined in the
Fourth  Amendment),  the Fourth Expansion Space, Fifth Expansion Space and Sixth
Expansion  Space  (as such  terms  are  defined  in the  Fifth  Amendment).  All
references to the Premises in the Lease as modified  herein,  shall refer to the
Premises  as defined in this  Agreement,  unless the  context  clearly  requires
otherwise.

     4 (a) In addition  to the Fixed Rent  previously  reserved by the  Original
Lease and certain of the Amendments,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  without any
prior notice or demand therefore and without any abatement,  deduction or setoff
whatsoever,  in lawful  money of the  United  States of  America,  by check,  at
Landlord's office or such other place Landlord may designate,  additional annual
base rent,  (such  additional  annual base rent shall be  incorporated  into the
defined term "Fixed Rent") payable in equal monthly  installments  in advance on
the first day of each and every month during the term of this lease as follows:

         (i) Fixed Rent for the Seventh Expansion Space ("Seventh Expansion 
     Space Rent") shall be payable:

               (1)  from  the  Seventh  Rental  Commencement  Date  through  and
          including May 31, 1999, at the annual rate of $304,265.00,  payable in
          equal monthly installments each in the amount of $25,355.42;

               (2) from June 1, 1999, through and including May 31, 2004, at the
          annual rate of $343,525.00, payable in equal monthly installments each
          in the amount of $28,627.08; and

               (3) from June 1, 2004,  through and  including  June 14, 2005, at
          the annual rate of $395,151.90,  payable in equal monthly installments
          each in the amount $32,929.33;

          (ii) Fixed Rent for the Basement Expansion Space ("Basement  Expansion
     Space Rent") shall be payable  from the date hereof  through and  including
     June 14, 2005, at the annual rate of  $32,000.00,  payable in equal monthly
     installments each in the amount $2,666.67;

          (iii) Fixed Rent for the Eighth  Expansion  Space  ("Eighth  Expansion
     Space Rent") shall be payable:

               (1)  from  the  Eighth  Rental   Commencement  Date  through  and
          including May 31, 1999, at the annual rate of $136,901.00,  payable in
          equal monthly installments each in the amount of $11,408.42;

               (2) from June 1, 1999, through and including May 31, 2004, at the
          annual rate of $140,927.50, payable in equal monthly installments each
          in the amount of  $11,743.96;  and (3) from June 1, 2004,  through and
          including June 14, 2005, at the annual rate of $162,106.89, payable in
          equal monthly installments each in the amount $13,508.91.

          (b)  Tenant  shall  be  obligated  to  pay  its  electrical  costs  in
accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended herein.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  anything else contained in this  Agreement,  the
parties acknowledge that the Seventh Expansion Space and Eighth Expansion Space,
might not be  substantially  completed  simultaneously.  Should such  completion
dates not be  simultaneous,  the  obligation of the Tenant to pay Fixed Rent and
Additional Rent, respectively, in accordance with Section 4(a) above and Section
9 below for the space that is  substantially  completed  is  independent  of its
obligations regarding the space not yet substantially completed. Tenant shall be
obligated to accept such substantially  completed premises and to pay Fixed Rent
and Additional Rent in accordance with this Agreement for the space that is then
substantially  completed.  (By way of example and not of limitation,  should the
Seventh Expansion Space be substantially completed prior to the Eighth Expansion
Space,  commencing on the Seventh Rental Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the
Seventh  Expansion Space Rent, in addition to the Fixed Rent otherwise  required
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Lease,  as  amended   herein,   and  Tenant's
Proportionate Share shall increase by 9%).

          (d) Intentionally Omitted.

          (e) If the Seventh Rental  Commencement  Date and/or the Eighth Rental
Commencement  Date is a date other than the first  date of the  calendar  month,
then the Seventh Expansion Space Rent and/or the Eighth Expansion Space Rent, as
the case may be, shall be prorated on a per diem basis for the calendar month in
which the respective commencement date occurs. A similar credit shall be granted
against  the Fixed Rent  installment  due during the month which is the month of
the Expiration Date.

          5. (a)  Within  ten (10)  days  from the  date  Tenant  executes  this
Agreement,  Tenant shall (i) prepare and deliver to Landlord  line  drawings and
any  and  all  related  plans  and  specifications  (collectively  the  "Seventh
Expansion Plans and  Specifications")  for the Seventh Expansion Space, and (ii)
prepare and deliver to Landlord  line drawings and any and all related plans and
specifications,  including  Tenant's  selection  of paint color and carpet color
(collectively  the "Eighth Expansion Plans and  Specifications")  for the Eighth
Expansion   Space,   provided,   however,   the  Eighth   Expansion   Plans  and
Specifications shall not include any demolition plans. Landlord will prepare and
deliver  to  Tenant  construction  drawings  ("Construction  Drawings")  for the
Seventh  Expansion Space and Eighth  Expansion Space consistent with the Seventh
Expansion  Plans  and   Specifications   and  the  Eighth  Expansion  Plans  and
Specifications   (the  cost  of  such   Construction   Drawings   shall  be  the
responsibility of the parties as stated in Section 5(c) below).  Within five (5)
business  days (the fifth  business  day shall be  referred  to as the  "Outside
Construction  Drawing  Approval Date") of receipt of the  Construction  Drawings
from  Landlord,  Tenant  will  deliver to  Landlord  written  notice that it has
approved or disapproved  the  Construction  Drawings,  provided,  however,  that
Tenant's  disapproval  must be in  Tenant's  reasonable  discretion,  and, if it
disapproves of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall specify in writing and in
reasonable  detail,  any objections to the Construction  Drawings.  In the event
that Tenant disapproves of the Construction Drawings,  Landlord and Tenant shall
promptly  meet and use good faith  efforts to resolve  such  disagreement.  That
period of time from the day following the Outside  Construction Drawing Approval
Date through the date that the Tenant approves the  Construction  Drawings,  but
only to the  extent  that  such  period is not the  result  of the  Construction
Drawings being  materially  inconsistent  with the Seventh  Expansion Plans an d
Specifications  and the  Eighth  Expansion  Plans and  Specifications,  shall be
referred to as "Approval Delay". Landlord shall not proceed with Landlord's Work
(as  defined  below)  until  Tenant  has  provided   written   approval  of  the
Construction Drawings.

          (b) Landlord shall perform the following work ("Landlord's Work"): (i)
prepare  the Seventh  Expansion  Space  (including  the  demolition  thereof) in
accordance  with  the  Seventh  Expansion  Plans  and   Specifications  and  the
Construction Drawings, and (ii) prepare the Eighth Expansion Space in accordance
with  the  Eighth  Expansion  Plans  and  Specifications  and  the  Construction
Drawings.  Except as provided in this  Subsection  (b),  Landlord  shall have no
obligation  to perform  any work with  respect to the  balance of the  Premises,
including, but not limited to, the Basement Expansion Space.

          (c) Landlord  shall,  in connection  with  Landlord's  Work, be solely
responsible  for the  following:  (i) up to but no more than  $39,260.00  of the
costs and  expenses  ("Design  Allowance")  associated  with  architectural  and
engineering  design  and plans and  Construction  Drawings  with  respect to the
Seventh  Expansion  Space;  (ii) up to but no more than $392,600.00 of the costs
and expenses ("Seventh  Construction  Allowance")  associated with substantially
completing the Seventh  Expansion Space in accordance with the Seventh Expansion
Plans and Specifications and the Construction Drawings (provided,  however, that
none of the Seventh Construction  Allowance shall be allocated for demolition of
the  Seventh  Expansion  Space);  (iii)  all  costs  and  expenses  in excess of
$21,593.00  with  respect to the  demolition  of the  Seventh  Expansion  Space,
provided,  however Landlord's liability shall not exceed $25,000; and (iv) up to
but no more than  $40,265.00  of the costs and  expenses  ("Eighth  Construction
Allowance") associated with subs tantially completing the Eighth Expansion Space
in  accordance  with the  Eighth  Expansion  Plans  and  Specifications  and the
Construction Drawings,  (the amounts which Landlord has agreed to incur in order
to perform Landlord's Work shall be referred to as "Landlord's Allowance").  The
Design  Allowance,   Seventh  Construction  Allowance  and  Eighth  Construction
Allowance  may  not  be  used  for  any  purpose  other  than  for  the  purpose
specifically  provided  for  herein,  and to the extent  the costs and  expenses
associated  with the work to be done  thereunder  are less  than the  respective
allowance, the excess of each, if any, shall accrue for the benefit of Landlord,
and Tenant shall have no claim to same.  Tenant shall be solely  responsible for
all costs and expenses which exceed Landlord's Allowance; it being the intent of
the parties that Tenant pay said excess as Additional Rent and such sum(s) shall
be payable by Tenant  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt of an invoice from
Landlord, provided, however, such payment date shall in no event be earlier than
thirty(30)  days  from the  substantial  completion  of the  space for which the
particular payment applies. Except as provided in this Subsection (c) and except
in accordance  with Section 12, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay for any
work with respect to the Premises,  including,  but not limited to, any work for
the  Basement  Expansion  Space  and any  costs  and  expenses  associated  with
architectural  and engineering  design and plans and Construction  Drawings with
respect to the Eighth Expansion Space.

          (d) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts,  including the solicitation
of at  least  three  (3)  competitive  bids  where  appropriate  from  reputable
contractors to obtain the  construction of Landlord's Work at a reasonable cost.
Landlord agrees to solicit bids from March Associates,  DDB Interior Contracting
and Turner  Construction  Company.  Landlord  shall  promptly  deliver to Tenant
copies of all bids that Landlord receives with respect to the foregoing.  Tenant
shall, within seven (7) business days of receipt of said information, select the
winning  bidder  ("Winning  Bidder")  from the bids  delivered  to Landlord  and
Landlord  shall award the contract to such bidder.  If the Winning Bidder is not
March  Associates,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  as Additional Rent, on demand
upon substantial completion of Landlord's Work, an oversight and plan review fee
of three (3%) percent of the contract  price entered into with Winning Bidder in
effecting Landlord's Work.

          (e) If Tenant  requests  to amend,  modify or change the  Construction
Drawings,  after such  Construction  Drawings have been approved by Landlord and
Tenant ("Change Order"), Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its approval (which
shall not be  unreasonably  withheld) a reasonably  detailed  description of the
proposed Change Order in writing.  Within seven (7) business days after receipt,
Landlord  shall  notify  Tenant  whether it approves or  disapproves  the Change
Order.  If Landlord  approves  the Change  Order,  Landlord  shall  evidence its
approval of such Change  Order by  executing  the Change  Order or a  memorandum
thereof.  Failure by Landlord to notify Tenant within seven (7) business days of
its  approval or  disapproval  of the Change  Order shall be deemed to mean that
Landlord has disapproved  the Change Order.  Landlord may require changes to the
Construction  Drawings if necessary as a result of any Change Order or to comply
with changes, revisions or additions to applicable building codes and other laws
(collectively,  ("Landlord  Change Orders").  Within five(5) business days after
receipt, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its approval (which approval
will not be unreasonably withheld) or disapproval of all Landlord Change Orders;
Landlord  shall not proceed with such Landlord  Change Orders  without  Tenant's
approval.  If Tenant shall so notify Landlord of its disapproval of any Landlord
Change  Order,  such written  notice shall include  reasonable  detail as to the
reason for such  disapproval.  Landlord  shall,  within seven (7) business  days
after  receipt  thereof,  make  the  necessary  revisions  requested  by  Tenant
(provided,  however,  that such  revisions are in full  compliance  with law and
otherwise reasonably  acceptable to Landlord) and resubmit the same for Tenant's
approval ("Revised Landlord Change Order"). Upon receipt of the Revised Landlord
Change Order,  Tenant shall within three (3) business days,  notify  Landlord in
writing of its approval or disapproval of the Revised  Landlord Change Order. In
the event Tenant disapproves of the Revised Landlord Change Order,  Landlord and
Tenant  shall   promptly  meet  and  use  good  faith  efforts  to  resolve  any
disagreement.  The period of time from the day following Tenant's disapproval of
the Revised  Landlord Change Order through the day that Tenant shall approve the
Landlord Change Order shall be deemed an Approval Delay.

          (f) Subject to  Unavoidable  Delays (as defined in Section 38.2 of the
Original  Lease)  and  Tenant  Delays,  (as  defined  herein),   Landlord  shall
substantially  complete  Landlord's  Work (i) in  connection  with  the  Seventh
Expansion  Space,  on or before May 1,  1998,  and (ii) in  connection  with the
Eighth Expansion Space, on or before May 1, 1998,  provided,  however,  that the
Lease,  as modified  herein,  and the  obligations  of the  Landlord  and Tenant
hereunder shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  if the Eighth  Expansion Plans and  Specifications  provide that
only painting and  carpeting of the Eighth  expansion  Space be performed  then,
subject to Unavoidable  Delays and Tenant Delays  Landlord  shall  substantially
complete painting and carpeting the Eighth Expansion Space on or before March 1,
1998.  Except as provided below,  Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for
any delay in delivering the Seventh  Expansion Space and/or the Eighth Expansion
Space.  Notwithstanding the f oregoing, (x) if delivery of the Seventh Expansion
Space is delayed by the acts or omissions of Landlord  beyond June 1, 1998, (or,
if the Winning  Bidder is March  Associates,  May 1, 1998) as such date has each
been  extended by the number of days  attributable  to a Tenant  Delay and/or an
Unavoidable  Delay ("Seventh  Outside Date"),  then the Tenant shall receive one
day of free  Seventh  Expansion  Space Rent for each two days  during the period
from the  Seventh  Outside  Date to the  substantial  completion  of the Seventh
Expansion Space, and (y) if delivery of the Eighth Expansion Space is delayed by
the acts or  omissions  of  Landlord  beyond  June 1, 1998,  (or, if the Winning
Bidder is March Associates,  May 1, 1998) as such date has each been extended by
the number of days  attributable  to a Tenant Delay and/or an Unavoidable  Delay
("Eighth  Outside  Date"),  then the Tenant shall receive one day of free Eighth
Expansion Space Rent for each two days during the period from the Eighth Outside
Date to the substantial completion of the Eighth Expansion Space.

          (g)  Landlord's   Work  shall  be  deemed   substantially   completed,
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  minor  details  of  construction,   mechanical
adjustments  or  decoration  remain  to be  performed  that  do  not  materially
interfere  with  Tenant's use of the Seventh  Expansion  Space and/or the Eighth
Expansion  Space,  as  the  case  may  be,  or  its  business,  provided  that a
Certificate  of Occupancy  (whether  permanent or temporary) has been issued (if
required).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to the  extent  that  the  Seventh
Expansion  Space is not ready for  occupancy by Tenant on May 1, 1998 and/or the
Eighth  Expansion  Space is not ready for occupancy by Tenant on May 1, 1998 (or
on March 1, 1998, if the Eighth Expansion Plans and Specifications  provide that
only painting and carpeting of the Eighth expansion Space be performed),  solely
due to one or more Tenant Delays (as defined below),  then the Seventh Expansion
Space  and/or  the Eighth  Expansion  Space (as the case may be) shall be deemed
substantially  completed on the date when s aid space would  otherwise have been
substantially completed but for such Tenant Delay. Landlord shall be responsible
for obtaining the initial permanent Certificate of Occupancy,  if required, even
if  Tenant  assumes  occupancy  under  a  temporary  Certificate  of  Occupancy;
provided,  however, if a permanent  Certificate of Occupancy is conditioned upon
the  performance of additional  work to the Seventh  Expansion  Space and/or the
Eighth  Expansion  Space,  as the case may be, said work shall be  performed  by
Tenant at its sole cost and expense (to the extent Landlord's Allowance has been
exceeded, and if Landlord's Allowance has not been exceeded, if said work is not
within the scope of  Landlord's  Work),  subject  to  Section 7 of the  Original
Lease, as amended.

          (h) The term  "Tenant  Delay"  shall  mean any delay in  substantially
completing  Landlord's  Work  and/or  any  delay  in the date  that the  Seventh
Expansion  Space  and/or the  Eighth  Expansion  Space  shall be  available  for
Tenant's  occupancy,  which is solely due to any act or omission of Tenant,  its
agents,  employees,  contractors  or anyone  acting under or for Tenant.  Tenant
Delay shall also  include the  following,  (but only to the extent that any such
delays  are  the  cause  of  Landlord's  inability  to  substantially   complete
Landlord's  Work  and/or  are the  cause of the any  delay in the date  that the
Seventh Expansion Space and/or the Eighth Expansion Space shall be available for
Tenant's  occupancy):  (i) delays by Tenant in delivering the Seventh  Expansion
Plans and Specifications  and/or the Eighth Expansion Plans and  Specifications;
(ii) delays arising solely from changes by Tenant to the Seventh Expansion Plans
and Specifications  and/or the Eighth Expansion Plans and Specifications;  (iii)
delays resulting from Tenant's direction to Landlord to suspend Landlord's Work;
(iv) delays by Tenant in delivering  approval or disapproval to the Construction
Drawings;  (v) any  Approval  Delay;  (vi) delays  arising as result of a Change
Order  requested by Tenant;  (vii)  delays by Tenant in  approving  any Landlord
Change Orders; and (viii) delays by Tenant in selecting the Winning Bidder.

          (i) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, if (i)
the Seventh Rental  Commencement  Date does not occur on or before  September 1,
1998,  as such date is extended by the number of days  attributable  to a Tenant
Delay  and/or  Unavoidable  Delay,  (such  date,  as  extended is referred to as
"Seventh  Tenant  Outside  Date") then the Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive
remedy,  terminate  the  portion  of  this  Agreement  relating  to the  Seventh
Expansion  Space by giving written  notice to Landlord no later than  twenty-one
(21)  days  from  such  Seventh  Tenant  Outside  Date and the  portion  of this
Agreement  relating only to the Seventh  Expansion  Space shall terminate on the
date which is fifteen (15) days after Landlord's receipt of such notice,  unless
prior to such date the Seventh Rental  Commencement  Date occurs,  in which case
Tenant's  termination  notice  shall be null and void and this  Agreement  shall
continue in full force and effect;  and/or (ii) the Eighth  Rental  Commencement
Date does not occur on or befor e September 1, 1998, as such date is extended by
the number of days  attributable  to a Tenant  Delay and/or  Unavoidable  Delay,
(such date, as extended is referred to as "Eighth Tenant Outside Date") then the
Tenant  may, as its sole and  exclusive  remedy,  terminate  the portion of this
Agreement  relating to the Eighth  Expansion  Space by giving  written notice to
Landlord no later than twenty-one (21) days from such Eighth Tenant Outside Date
and the portion of this Agreement  relating only to the Eighth  Expansion  Space
shall terminate on the date which is fifteen (15) days after Landlord's  receipt
of such notice,  unless prior to such date the Eighth Rental  Commencement  Date
occurs,  in which case  Tenant's  termination  notice shall be null and void and
this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord is unable to
deliver the Seventh  Expansion Space and/or the Eighth  Expansion  Space, as the
case  may be,  in  accordance  with  the  terms of this  Agreement,  and  Tenant
terminates  the portion of this  Agreeme nt  relating  to the Seventh  Expansion
Space and/or the Eighth  Expansion  Space,  in accordance with the terms of this
Section,   then,  Landlord  shall  reimburse  Tenant  for  Tenant's  actual  and
reasonable  costs and expenses  incurred with respect to the demolition,  design
and  construction  of the  space  so  terminated.  6.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained  in the Lease,  including  Section 6.1 of the  Original  Lease as such
section  may have been  modified,  Tenant  agrees  that  Landlord  shall have no
obligation  to provide any  additional  funds with respect to  Landlord's  Work,
except as specifically provided in Section 5(c) above and in Section 12 below.

          7.  Landlord  will, at its own cost and expense  separately  meter the
Seventh  Expansion Space and Eighth  Expansion Space for electric usage.  Tenant
will, at its own cost and expense,  continue to have all electrical uses for the
Basement  Expansion  Space and the  portion of the  basement  demised  under the
Original Lease (the "Original  Basement Space")  connected to Tenant's  separate
electrical meter.

          8.  Notwithstanding  anything else  contained in the Original Lease or
any of the Amendments,  or herein, should Tenant exercise its option(s) to renew
the term of the leased premises,  as provided for in Section 2.5 of the Original
Lease,  said renewal term(s) shall be operative for the entire Premises (as such
term is defined herein).

          9. Tenant's  obligation to pay Tenant's  Proportionate  Share (as such
share shall be increased giving effect to the transaction  contemplated  herein)
of Operating Expenses and Taxes, as such obligations are expressed in the Lease,
shall commence,  (a) with respect to the Seventh Expansion Space, on the Seventh
Rental Commencement Date, and (b) with respect to the Eighth Expansion Space, on
the Eighth Rental  Commencement  Date.  Tenant and Landlord  agree that Tenant's
Proportionate  Share with  respect  to the  Seventh  Expansion  Space is 9%, and
Tenant's  Proportionate  Share with respect to the Eighth Expansion Space is 4%.
Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  contained  in the  Lease or in this
Agreement, after both the Seventh Rental Commencement Date and the Eighth Rental
Commencement  Date,  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share with respect to the Premises
shall  equal  100%.  All other  items of  Additional  Rent  shall be  payable in
accordance with the terms of the Lease as modified herein. The Base Tax Year and
the Base Oper  ating  Expense  Year,  as  defined  in the  Lease,  shall  remain
unchanged for the purpose of calculating any and all charges to Tenant.

          10. Tenant has inspected the Premises,  including, but not limited to,
the Seventh Expansion Space,  Eighth Expansion Space and the Basement  Expansion
Space  and  accepts  the  same  "As  Is" in its  present  condition  subject  to
Landlord's  Work.  Acceptance of  possession by Tenant of the Seventh  Expansion
Space and/or the Eighth  Expansion  Space shall be the conclusive  evidence that
Landlord's  obligation  to  construct  said  accepted  premises  has been  fully
performed in accordance  with the  requirements  of this  Agreement,  except for
normal  punch  list  items and  except if within  thirty  (30) days  after  such
acceptance  date Tenant shall give  written  notice to Landlord  specifying  the
respects in which the same was not in such condition.

          11. All  tenant  improvements  constructed  in the  Seventh  Expansion
Space,  Eighth  Expansion  Space and the Basement  Expansion  Space,  whether by
Landlord or by (or on behalf of) Tenant,  and whether at  Landlord's or Tenant's
expense,  shall be subject to Section 7.4 of the Original  Lease, as it may have
been amended.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  all of Landlord's Work and other
tenant improvements which are a part of this Agreement shall become the property
of the Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered  with the Premises upon
the Expiration Date and need not be removed.

          12.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this
Agreement,  Landlord has consented to the erection of a certain chain link fence
and to the installation of lighting in the Basement  Expansion Space which is of
the same nature and quality as such items were previously supplied to Tenant for
the Original Basement Space.  Tenant represents that all such work was performed
by Tenant in a good and  workmanlike  manner,  in  compliance  with all federal,
state, municipal and other statutes,  laws, ordinances,  regulations,  rules and
requirements  relating  to  the  Building,  in  accordance  with  all  standards
established  by  Landlord  and  otherwise  in  compliance  with  the  terms  and
conditions of the Lease, as modified  hereby.  Within thirty (30) days after (a)
submission  to  Landlord  of a complete  and final  release and lien waiver with
respect to the Building  executed by all parties  with legal  standing to file a
lien,  and (b)  submission to Landlord of all invoices for the work so performed
and other items  reasonably r equested,  Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the
actual costs and expenses  Tenant has incurred in performing  the work described
in this Section 12 in an amount not to exceed $21,825.00.

          13.  Tenant shall use the Basement  Expansion  Space  exclusively  for
storage and otherwise in compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Lease,
as modified herein.

          14.  (a) The  address  set forth  for  Landlord  (including  the those
parties to receive copies of notices, consents,  approvals,  requests, and other
communications  delivered to Landlord) in Section 28.1 of the Original  Lease is
hereby modified and amended as follows:


          To Landlord:

                            MONY REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
                            c/o The Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York
                            1740 Broadway
                            Ninth Floor
                            New York, New York 10019
                            Attn.:  Real Estate Asset Management

          with a copy to:
                            The Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York
                            1740 Broadway
                            New York, New York 10019
                            Attn:  Real Estate Counsel

          (b) The address set forth for Tenant in Section  28.1 of the  Original
Lease is hereby modified and amended as follows: To Tenant: Dialogic Corporation
1515 Route Ten Parsippany,  New Jersey  07054-4596 Attn: Real Estate  Facilities
Manager

          Copies to Tenant  shall be  delivered  as  specified  in the  Original
Lease.

          15. Tenant and Landlord,  each  respectively  warrants and  represents
that it has not dealt with any broker or real estate  agent in  connection  with
this Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement or its negotiation, other than Edward S.
Gordon  of New  Jersey  and  Cushman &  Wakefield  of New  Jersey  (collectively
"Broker"),  and  Landlord  agrees  to pay  the  Broker  pursuant  to a  separate
agreement. Each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any cost,
expense or liability  (including  costs of suit and reasonable  attorneys' fees)
for any  compensation,  commission  or fees claimed by any real estate broker or
agent  or other  intermediary,  other  than  Broker,  in  connection  with  this
Agreement or its negotiation by reason of any act of the indemnifying party.

          16.  Tenant  agrees,  confirms and  acknowledges  that (a) there is no
remaining  expansion space square footage that Tenant has the option to lease as
such right was  specifically  set forth in Section 2.6 of the Original Lease, as
such  section was modified by the Second  Amendment,  and (b) Landlord has fully
complied with the provisions of Section 2.7 (which provides for Tenant to have a
right of first  refusal) and Tenant agrees that it has no further right of first
refusal with respect to any space in the Building other than that right of first
refusal  (as said  right is more  accurately  described  in  Section  2.7 of the
Original Lease "Right of First Refusal") for space that is currently unleased in
the basement of the Building  ("Remaining Basement Space"),  provided,  however,
that with  respect  to the Right of First  Refusal  for the  Remaining  Basement
Space,  (i) the last two  sentences  of Section  2.7 of the  Original  Lease are
deleted in their entirety, (ii) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense shall cause
to have  all  electrical  uses  for any of the  Remaining  Basement  Space it so
leases,  connected to Tenant's separate electrical meter, (iii) Tenant agrees to
accept the Remaining  Basement  Space in its condition and state of repair as of
the date of the  commencement of the lease for the Remaining  Basement Space and
Tenant  agrees that Landlord  shall not be required to perform any work,  supply
any materials or incur any expense to prepare such space for Tenant's occupancy,
(iv) the term of the lease for the Remaining Basement Space shall be co-terminus
with the Lease,  as  modified  herein,  and (v) Tenant  shall use the  Remaining
Basement  Space  exclusively  for storage and otherwise in  compliance  with the
terms and  conditions  of the Lease,  as modified  herein.  Time shall be of the
essence  with respect to Tenant's  notice in response to the Refusal  Notice (as
defined in Section 21 below)  with  respect to the Right of First  Refusal,  and
Tenant's failure to give any such notice within the ten (10) business day period
shall be deemed a re jection  of  Landlord's  offer,  any  principles  of law or
equity to the contrary notwithstanding. A Refusal Notice may only be accepted in
whole, not in part. If Tenant rejects, or is deemed to have rejected, Landlord's
offer with  respect  to the Right of First  refusal,  Landlord  shall be free to
lease the Remaining  Basement  Space to any party upon any terms and  conditions
that Landlord may determine  from time to time during the Term,  with no further
obligation to Tenant under this Section with respect to the  Remaining  Basement
Space.

          17.  Section 4.8 of the  original  Lease is modified as of the date of
this Sixth  Amendment to Lease Agreement to provide Tenant with ninety (90) days
following  Tenant's  receipt of  Landlord's  Statement  in which to dispute  the
correctness  of such  Statement.  Within  ten  (10)  business  days  of  request
therefore  (such tenth day is referred to herein as "Document  Delivery  Date"),
Landlord shall furnish supporting  documentation  reasonably requested by Tenant
in respect of the information reflected on Landlord's Statement.  Landlord shall
have no liability for failing to timely deliver the supporting  documentation by
the Document  Delivery  Date,  except that upon such  failure,  Tenant's time in
which to dispute Landlord's  Statement shall be extended by one (1) day for each
day during the period between the Document Delivery Date and the delivery of the
supporting documentation.

          18. The covenants,  agreements, terms and conditions contained in this
Agreement  shall bind and inure to the benefit of the  parties  hereto and their
respective legal successors and assigns.

          19.  This  Amendment  may not be changed  orally,  but only by writing
signed by the party against which the enforcement thereof is sought.

          20. Except as expressly modified by this Agreement,  the Lease and all
the covenants,  agreements,  terms and  conditions  thereof shall remain in full
force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

          21.  (a)  Tenant  shall  have the  option  to  include  as part of the
Premises,  the Remaining  Basement Space pursuant to the terms of the Lease,  as
amended hereby.

          (b)  Any  such  option  shall  be   exercised  by  a  written   notice
(hereinafter called the "Expansion Notice") from Tenant to Landlord given at any
time prior to the date Landlord delivers to Tenant the notification  required in
Section 2.7 of the  Original  Lease with  respect to the Right of First  Refusal
(such notification hereinafter referred to as "Refusal Notice").

          (c) In the event that Tenant shall give Landlord the Expansion Notice,
Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably agreed to have the Remaining Basement
Space added to and included in the Premises effective as of the thirtieth (30th)
day after the delivery of the Expansion Notice (the "Inclusion Date").

          (d) In the even that  Tenant  shall  properly  exercise  its option in
accordance with the provisions hereof,  then in such event,  effective as of the
Inclusion Date:

               (i) The  Remaining  Basement  Space shall be deemed  added to and
     included in the Premises for the period  commencing on the  Inclusion  Date
     and ending on the Expiration Date (as such date may be extended pursuant to
     the terms of the Lease,  as amended  hereby).  The  inclusion of such space
     shall be on all the terms and subject to the  conditions  of the Lease,  as
     amended hereby (other than Section 6 of the Original Lease, as amended) and
     on such additional terms and conditions as is hereinafter set forth in this
     Section 21. Tenant shall use the Remaining  Basement Space  exclusively for
     storage and  otherwise in compliance  with the terms and  conditions of the
     Lease, as modified herein;

               (ii) Fixed Rent for the Remaining  Basement Space shall be at the
     annual  rate  of  $4.00  per  square   foot,   payable  in  equal   monthly
     installments.

               (iii) Tenant,  at its sole cost and expense,  shall cause to have
     all electrical  uses of the Remaining  Basement Space connected to Tenant's
     separate electrical meter;

               (iv)  Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease
     setting forth without  limitation the exercise of the expansion option, the
     inclusion of the Remaining  Basement  Space in the Premises,  the Inclusion
     Date and other appropriate items.

          (e)  Tenant  agrees  to accept  the  Remaining  Basement  Space in its
condition and state of repair  existing as of the Inclusion Date and understands
and agrees that Landlord  shall not be required to perform any work,  supply any
materials  or incur any  expense  to prepare  such  space for Tenant  occupancy.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event that Tenant exercises its expansion
right as  contemplated  by this  Section  and as of the  date of such  Expansion
Notice  is given,  the  remaining  Term of the Lease is not less than  three (3)
years (including all renewal options which have been exercised),  Landlord shall
provide an allowance ("Expansion Basement Allowance") in an amount not to exceed
the lesser of (1) $2.58 per square foot  calculated  for the Remaining  Basement
Space so leased by Tenant pursuant to this Section ("Leased  Expansion  Space"),
or (2) Tenant's  actual costs in performing  certain work  ("Expansion  Basement
Work").  The Expansion  Basement  Work shall  consist  solely of: (i) erecting a
chain link fence ar ound the  portion of the Leased  Expansion  Space,  and (ii)
installing  lighting in the Leased Expansion Space. The Expansion  Basement Work
shall be of like  nature and  quality of such items  currently  existing  in the
basement. All Expansion Basement Work shall be performed by Tenant in a good and
workmanlike  manner, in compliance with all federal,  sate,  municipal and other
statutes, laws, ordinances,  regulations, rules and requirements relating to the
Building, in accordance with all standards established by Landlord and otherwise
in compliance  with the terms and conditions of the Lease,  as modified  hereby.
Provided  Tenant is not in default of the Lease,  as amended  hereby at the time
payment is due by Landlord,  Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Expansion Basement
Allowance  within thirty (30) days after  Landlord's  receipt of (x) notice that
the Expansion Basement work has been completed,  (y) submission to Landlord of a
complete and final release and lien waiver with respect to the Building executed
by all  partie s with  legal  standing  to file a lien,  and (z)  submission  to
Landlord of all invoices for the work so  performed  and other items  reasonably
requested.

          (f) Tenant's expansion option pursuant to this Section 21 shall expire
and be of no further force and effect as of the date Landlord delivers to Tenant
the Refusal Notice, but only as to the basement space identified in said Refusal
Notice.

          (g) The  termination  of the  Lease,  as  amended  hereby  shall  also
terminate  Tenant's  option  pursuant to this Section 21 whether or not the same
shall have been  exercised.  Nothing  contained  in this Section  shall  prevent
Landlord from  exercising any right or action granted to or reserved by Landlord
in the Lease,  as amended  hereby to  terminate  the Lease,  as amended  hereby.
Tenant's  option set forth in this  Section 21 may not be severed from the Lease
or separately sold,  assigned or transferred and is only exercisable by Dialogic
Corporation or a successor corporation.

          (h)  Tenant  shall  have no right to  exercise  the  expansion  option
pursuant to this  Section 21 if: (i) the named  Tenant has assigned the Lease or
has at any time  subleased,  in the aggregate,  more than fifty percent (25%) of
the  Premises,  or (ii) Tenant  shall be in default  hereunder  and such default
shall not have been cured at the time of the  exercise of its option or, if such
default occurs after Tenant's attempted leasing, as of the Inclusion Date.

<PAGE>
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have here onto set their hands
and seals or caused their presence to be signed by its proper corporate officers
and caused its proper  corporate  seal to be here onto affixed,  the day and the
year first above written.


                                   THE MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
WITNESS:                           COMPANY OF NEW YORK
/s/
___________________                By:    /s/_________________________
                                   Name:  Debra Kloper, Vice President
 


WITNESS:                          DIALOGIC CORPORATION
/s/
___________________               By:      /s/__________________________________
                                  Name:    _____________________________________
                                  Its:     _____________________________________



                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT





                                  by and among

                         Texas Instruments Incorporated

                              Dialogic Corporation

                       Spectron Microsystems, Incorporated





                                   dated as of

                                January 22, 1998

<PAGE>

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This  ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as  of  the  22nd  day  of  January,   1998,  by  and  among  Texas  Instruments
Incorporated,   a  Delaware   corporation   ("TI"  or   "Purchaser"),   Dialogic
Corporation,  a New Jersey corporation  ("Parent"),  and Spectron  Microsystems,
Incorporated, a California corporation ("Seller").

                                    RECITALS:

     WHEREAS,  Seller  presently  conducts  the  business  (the  "Business")  of
designing, developing,  manufacturing and selling software products and services
which  comprise  operating  systems for digital  signal  processors  and related
software tools and services (the "Products"); and

     WHEREAS,   Seller  desires  to  sell  and  Purchaser  desires  to  purchase
substantially all the assets,  rights and properties of Seller used or useful in
the operation of the Business  and, in  connection  with such purchase and sale,
Purchaser is willing to assume certain  obligations and liabilities  relating to
the Business,  all on the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants,  representations,
warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                              I. PURCHASE OF ASSETS

     1.1 Purchase and Sale of Assets. On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof and  subject to  Sections  1.2 and 1.3,  at the  Closing  (as  defined in
Section  8.1),  Seller will sell,  transfer,  convey,  assign and  deliver,  and
Purchaser will purchase and accept,  all right,  title and interest of Seller in
and to all rights,  properties and assets of Seller used in connection  with the
Business  and  existing at the  Closing,  wherever  located  (collectively,  the
"Assets"),  free  and  clear of all  liens,  security  interests,  encumbrances,
mortgages,  pledges and similar restrictions  ("Liens"),  except Permitted Liens
(as defined in Section 4.18(a)). The Assets include, without limitation,  all of
Seller's right,  title and interest in and to the following  rights,  properties
and assets of the Seller:

          (a) Cash. Cash and cash equivalents;

          (b) Contract  Rights.  Subject to Sections  1.2(c) and 1.3, all rights
and incidents of interest in and to all contracts,  licenses, leases, agreements
and other  instruments  and  obligations  (whether  oral or written,  pending or
executory)  ("Contracts")  to which  Seller is a party or by which Seller or its
properties  or  assets  are or may  be  bound  relating  to the  Business;  such
Contracts  include,  without  limitation,  the  Contracts  set forth on Schedule
1.1(b) hereto;

          (c)   Inventories   and  Stores  and  Supplies.   All  raw  materials,
components, work-in-process,  finished products, packaging materials, stores and
supplies, spare parts and samples, wherever located;

          (d) Tangible Personal  Property.  All machinery and equipment,  tools,
spare and maintenance parts, furniture, vehicles and all other tangible personal
property owned by Seller,  wherever located,  used in the Business;  such assets
include, without limitation, the assets set forth in Schedule 1.1(d) hereto;

          (e)  Manufacturers' and Vendors'  Warranties.  Subject to Section 1.3,
all of Seller's rights under  manufacturers' and vendors' warranties relating to
items  included in the Assets and all of Seller's  similar  rights against third
parties relating to items included in the Assets;

          (f)  Intellectual  Property.  Subject to the provisions of the license
agreement described in Section 8.2(f), all of Seller's right, title and interest
in and to all  Intellectual  Property (as  hereinafter  defined).  "Intellectual
Property" shall mean and include (i) all domestic and foreign patents (including
certificates of invention and other patent equivalents), patent applications and
patents   issuing   therefrom  as  well  as  any   division,   continuation   or
continuation-in-part thereof, and any reissue, reexamination, extension, revival
or renewal of any patent; (ii) all domestic and foreign marks, trademarks, trade
names,  service  marks,  assumed  names,  trade dress,  and logos,  in each case
whether  registered or at common law, and  registrations for and applications to
register any of the same;  (iii) all  copyrights  and  registration  of claim to
copyright  and  applications  for  registration  of  claim  to  copyright;  (iv)
inventions or discoveries for novel devices, processes,  compositions of matter,
methods,   techniques,   observations,    discoveries,   apparatuses,   designs,
expressions, theories and ideas, whether or not patentable; (v) the Software (as
hereinafter  defined)  ("Software" shall mean the expression of an organized set
of  instructions  in a natural or coded language that is contained on a physical
media of any nature (e.g., written, electronic,  magnetic, optical or otherwise)
and  that  may be used  with a  computer  or  other  automated  data  processing
equipment  device of any nature  which is based on digital  technology,  to make
such computer or other device  operate in a particular  manner and for a certain
purpose,  as well as any related  documentation for such set of instructions and
its  subsystems and shall include  computer  programs in source and object code,
test or other  significant  data  libraries,  user  documentation  for  computer
programs,  and any of the following that is contained on a physical media of any
nature and that is used in the design, development,  modification,  enhancement,
testing,  installation,  maintenance,  diagnosis or assurance of the same:  flow
diagrams,  masks,  input and output formats,  file layouts,  development  tools,
database  formats,   interfaces,  test  programs,   installation  and  operating
instructions,   diagnostic  and  maintenance  instructions,  and  other  similar
materials and  information);  (vi) any and all works of authorship  fixed in any
tangible  medium of  expression,  regardless of whether  copyrighted  ("Works of
Authorship");  (vii) any formula,  design,  device or compilation of information
that is used or held for use in the  exploitation of the  Intellectual  Property
which gives the holder  thereof an advantage or  opportunity  for advantage over
competitors  which do not have or use the same, and which is not generally known
by,  and has not been  disclosed  to, the public  ("Trade  Secrets");  provided,
however,  that the term "Trade  Secrets" shall not include any formula,  design,
device or  compilation  that was  created by, or for the  exclusive  benefit of,
Parent,  regardless  of whether or not employees of Seller are aware of any such
formula,  design,  device or compilation;  and  (viii) scientific,  engineering,
programming, mechanical, electrical, financial, marketing or practical knowledge
or  experience   useful  in  the  exploitation  of  the  Intellectual   Property
("Know-How").

          (g) Real  Property.  All rights and incidents of interest of Seller in
and to all real property  leases (the "Real  Property  Leases")  relating to the
operations of the  Business,  a true and complete list of which leases as of the
date hereof is set forth in Schedule 1.1(g) hereto (the real property subject to
such Real Property Leases being hereinafter referred to as the "Real Property"),
and all of Seller's rights in all of the structures,  fixtures and  improvements
located on the Real Property;

          (h) Government  Licenses,  Permits and  Approvals.  Subject to Section
1.3, all rights and incidents of interest of Seller in and to all permits issued
to Seller by any Governmental  Authority (as hereinafter  defined) to the extent
that such permits  ("Permits") are  assignable;  such Permits  include,  without
limitation, the Permits set forth on Schedule 1.1(h) hereto;

          (i) Books and Records. Except for the assets described in Section 1.2,
all the books and records of Seller,  including without limitation all books and
records  relating to  employees  (but,  with respect to  employees,  only to the
extent and in the manner permitted by law), the purchase of materials,  supplies
and services, financial, accounting and operations matters, product engineering,
research and development,  manufacture and sale of products and all customer and
vendor  lists  relating  to the  operation  of the  Business  and all  files and
documents  (including credit  information)  relating to customers and vendors of
the Business;

          (j)  Seller's  Name.  All  Seller's   rights  to  the  name  "Spectron
Microsystems Incorporated" and any derivative or variant thereof; and

          (k) Prepaid Items. All prepaid items..

     1.2 Excluded Assets Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
the contrary, the following rights,  properties and assets of Seller will not be
included in the Assets:

          (a)  Corporate  Documents.  Seller's  corporate  seal,  minute  books,
charter documents, corporate stock record books and such other books and records
as pertain to the organization, existence or share capitalization of Seller, any
other records or materials  relating to (i) any asset  excluded  pursuant to any
other sub-paragraph of this Section 1.2, (ii) any Retained  Liabilities or (iii)
Seller  generally  (provided  that such records and  materials do not involve or
relate  to the  Assets or the  operation  or  operations  of the  Business)  and
duplicate  copies of (A) such other records as Seller or Parent shall reasonably
require  in order  to  satisfy  their  tax,  accounting,  securities  and  other
applicable  regulatory  requirements  and (B) books and  records  pertaining  to
Intellectual  Property  covered by the license  agreement  described  in Section
8.2(f).

          (b) Benefit Plans. Any and all employee benefit plans (and assets held
thereunder) maintained or otherwise sponsored, in whole or in part, by Seller or
Parent for the benefit of Seller's employees.

          (c) Other  Scheduled  Assets.  Any right,  property  or asset which is
described  in Schedule  1.2(d)  hereto and any  Contract  which is  dependent on
another Contract which latter Contract (a) cannot be assigned  hereunder and (b)
the financial and business  benefits of which cannot be transferred to Purchaser
pursuant to Section 1.3(c).


     1.3 Nonassignable Contracts and Permits.

          (a)  Nonassignability.  Without  limiting or otherwise  affecting  the
rights of Purchaser pursuant to Article X to obtain indemnification in the event
that Seller  fails to perform its  obligations  under this  Section  1.3, to the
extent that any Contract or Permit to be assigned pursuant hereto is not capable
of being assigned  without the consent,  approval or waiver of a third person or
entity (including without limitation any agency, court or instrumentality of any
foreign,  federal,  state or local governmental authority (each, a "Governmental
Authority")), nothing in this Agreement will constitute an assignment or require
the  assignment  thereof  except to the extent  provided  in this  Section  1.3,
nothing in this  Agreement  will afford  Purchaser  the right to terminate  this
Agreement or the right to refuse to perform its obligations at Closing by virtue
of the inability to obtain any such consent,  approval or waiver  (provided that
Seller  performs  its  obligations  under this  Section 1.3) and nothing in this
Agreement  will  subject  Seller  or Parent  to any  liability  by virtue of the
failure to obtain any such  consent,  approval or waiver  (provided  that Seller
performs its obligations under this Section 1.3).

          (b)  Seller  to Use  Reasonable  Commercial  Efforts.  Notwithstanding
anything  contained  in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  Seller  will  not be
obligated to assign to Purchaser any of its rights and obligations in and to any
of the  Contracts  or  Permits  without  first  having  obtained  all  consents,
approvals and waivers  necessary for such assignment;  provided,  however,  that
Seller  shall use  reasonable  commercial  efforts to obtain all such  consents,
approvals  and waivers  prior to and, if the Closing  occurs,  after the Closing
Date (as defined in Section 8.1). Such reasonable  commercial  efforts shall not
include the payment of any  consideration by Seller to obtain any such consents,
approvals or waivers.

          (c) If Waivers or Consents Cannot Be Obtained.  To the extent that the
consents,  approvals and waivers  referred to in Section 1.3(a) are not obtained
by Seller,  Seller shall use its reasonable  commercial  efforts (subject to the
limitation  set forth in the last sentence of Section  1.3(b)) to (i) provide to
Purchaser the financial and business benefits of any Contract or Permit referred
to in Section 1.3(a) and (ii) enforce,  at the request and expense of Purchaser,
for the  account  of  Purchaser,  any  rights  of Seller  arising  from any such
Contract or Permit (including without limitation the right to elect to terminate
such  Contract or Permit in  accordance  with the terms thereof upon the advice,
and at the expense, of Purchaser),  provided,  however, that Seller shall not be
required to take any action which would constitute a breach of any such Contract
or Permit  other  than an action to  terminate  any such  Contract  or Permit in
accordance with the terms of this Section 1.3(c).  With respect to Contracts and
Permits for which such  waivers or consents  cannot be obtained  but as to which
Seller is able to pass on the  financial  and business to  Purchaser,  Purchaser
shall assume  Seller's  obligations  thereunder.  With respect to Contracts  and
Permits for which such  waivers or consents  cannot be obtained  and as to which
Seller is unable to pass on the  financial  and  business to  Purchaser,  Seller
shall retain its obligations thereunder.


                          II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

     2.1 Assumed  Liabilities.  As  of  the  Closing,  Purchaser will assume and
thereafter  in due course pay and fully satisfy the  following  liabilities  and
obligations of Seller (the "Assumed  Liabilities")  and no other  liabilities or
obligations:

          (a) all  liabilities  of Seller in respect of paid time off accrued by
the Seller's  employees who accept offers of employment  from Purchaser prior to
Closing in respect of  vacation,  sick time,  personal  leave and family  leave,
provided  that  Purchaser  shall  not  be  liable  for  more  than  $140,000  of
liabilities pursuant to this Section 2.1(a);

          (b) the  obligations of Seller arising after the Closing in respect of
the Real Property Leases and the Contracts  described in Section 1.1, other than
Contracts  and Leases  executed  by the  Seller  subsequent  to the date  hereof
outside the ordinary  course of business  (consistent  with the past practice of
Seller) or otherwise not in accordance with Section 6.6;

          (c) the obligations of Seller under any written or oral purchase order
or sale order outstanding on the Closing Date, provided that such purchase order
or sale order was given in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past
practice and in accordance with Section 6.6;

          (d) intentionally omitted

          (e) all accounts  payable of Seller  outstanding  on the Closing Date,
provided  that such accounts  payable (1) have arisen in the ordinary  course of
business,  (2) do not constitute  bank debt or other  indebtedness  for borrowed
money  or  indebtedness  to  Parent  and (3) do not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,
$250,000; and

          (f) the obligations described in Schedule 2.1(f) hereto.

 
     2.2  Retained  Liabilities.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this
Agreement to the contrary,  Purchaser does not assume or agree to pay,  satisfy,
discharge  or  perform,  and will not be deemed by virtue of the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement or any document  delivered at the Closing pursuant to
this  Agreement,  or  as a  result  of  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  to have  assumed,  or to have  agreed to pay,
satisfy,  discharge or perform,  any liability,  obligation or  indebtedness  of
Seller, whether primary or secondary, direct or indirect, other than the Assumed
Liabilities (such liabilities and obligations  retained by Seller being referred
to herein as the "Retained  Liabilities").  It is specifically  agreed that such
Retained  Liabilities  shall include,  without  limitation,  (a) liabilities and
obligations arising from or relating to Employee Plans (as hereinafter defined),
including,  but not limited to, workers  compensation  and  disability  benefits
arising  from or  related  to an injury,  illness  or other  physical  or mental
condition  incurred  prior to the Closing  (regardless of when reported) and (b)
all liabilities and obligations of Seller relating to Taxes,  whether applicable
to the Business or  otherwise,  attributable  to periods (or  portions  thereof)
ending on or prior to the  Closing  Date or to the  pre-Closing  portion  of any
period that  includes  but does not end on the Closing Date  (allocable  to such
pre-Closing  portion of a period by closing  the books of Seller at the close of
business on the Closing Date or, where not susceptible to such  allocation,  pro
rata on the basis of the number of days elapsed in the period).


                               III. PURCHASE PRICE

     3.1 Purchase Price. In  consideration of the conveyance to Purchaser of the
Assets and the other rights granted to Purchaser  pursuant hereto and subject to
the conditions and in accordance with the terms hereof,  Purchaser shall (a) pay
to Seller the Purchase  Price (as defined in Section  3.2(a)) and (b) assume the
Assumed Liabilities.

     3.2 Payment of Purchase Price.

          (a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.2(b),  the purchase
price payable by Purchaser hereunder (the "Purchase Price") will consist of U.S.
$26,000,000 payable in cash at Closing (the "Closing Date Payment"). The Closing
Date Payment will be paid by wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds to
such account as shall have been designated by Seller to Purchaser at or prior to
the Closing.

          (b) The Purchase  Price shall be subject to  adjustment  in accordance
with Schedule 3.2(b) hereto.

     3.3 Seller and  Purchaser  agree to consult with each other with respect to
the allocation of the Purchase  Price and Assumed  Liabilities to the Assets and
the other  rights  granted to  Purchaser  pursuant  hereto,  provided  that such
undertaking shall in no way obligate either party to agree on such allocation.

             IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SELLER

     Each of Parent and  Seller,  jointly  and  severally,  makes the  following
representations  and warranties to Purchaser,  each of which is true and correct
as of the date hereof,  and shall be unaffected by any investigation  heretofore
or hereafter  made by or on behalf of Purchaser.  Parent and Seller  acknowledge
that Purchaser is relying on such  representations  and warranties in connection
with the entering into of this Agreement and the purchase of the Assets.

     4.1 Organization and Good Standing. Seller is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California.
Seller  has the  requisite  corporate  power  and  authority  to own,  lease  or
otherwise hold the assets owned,  leased or otherwise held by it and to carry on
its business as presently  conducted by it.  Seller is in good standing and duly
qualified to conduct business as a foreign  corporation in every jurisdiction in
which its  ownership or lease of property or conduct of the Business  makes such
qualification  necessary  and where  the  failure  to so  qualify  would  have a
"Material  Adverse  Effect"  on Seller  (as  hereinafter  defined).  Each of the
foregoing jurisdictions are listed on Schedule 4.1 hereto.

     4.2  Authorization  and Effect of Agreement.  Each of Seller and Parent has
the  requisite  corporate  power to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the
agreements  to be  entered  into by  such  party  at the  Closing  (the  "Seller
Ancillary  Documents") and to perform the transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby to be performed by it. The  execution and delivery by each of Seller and
Parent of this Agreement and the Seller Ancillary  Documents and the performance
by each of  them of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby  to be
performed by it have been,  or, in the case of the Seller  Ancillary  Documents,
will  at the  Closing  be,  duly  authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  and
shareholder  action on the part of Seller and Parent.  This  Agreement has been,
and each Seller  Ancillary  Document  will at the Closing be, duly  executed and
delivered  by duly  authorized  officers of each of Seller  and, as  applicable,
Parent and,  assuming the due execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and, as
applicable,   any  Seller  Ancillary  Document,  by  Purchaser,  this  Agreement
constitutes,  and each Seller Ancillary Document will at the Closing constitute,
a valid and binding obligation of Seller and, as applicable, Parent, enforceable
against Seller and, as applicable,  Parent in accordance with its terms,  except
as may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  or
other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general and
subject  to  general   principles   of  equity   (regardless   of  whether  such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

     4.3 No  Interests  in Other  Entities.  The Seller does not own or hold any
shares  of any  corporation  or any other  ownership  or  investment  interests,
whether owned or held of record,  beneficially  or equitably,  in any Person (as
hereinafter defined).

     4.4 No Conflicts.  The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and each
Seller  Ancillary  Document by Seller or, as applicable,  Parent does not or, in
the case of the Seller  Ancillary  Documents,  will not, and the  performance by
Seller or Parent  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby  to be
performed by either of them will not (a) conflict  with or violate any provision
of the articles or certificate of  incorporation or by-laws of Seller or Parent,
(b) conflict  with, or result in any violation of, or constitute a default (with
or without  notice or lapse of time, or both) under,  or give rise to a right of
termination,  cancellation,  or  acceleration  of any obligation or to loss of a
benefit under, any provision of any material  document to which Parent or Seller
or any of their  respective  assets or properties is bound  (including,  without
limitation,  any  Contract  listed or  required  to be  listed  on any  schedule
hereto), (c) constitute a violation of any law applicable to Seller or Parent or
any the  Assets  or  (d) result  in the  creation  of any Lien  (other  than any
Permitted  Liens)  upon any of the  Assets.  No  consent,  approval,  order,  or
authorization of, or registration, declaration, or filing with, any Governmental
Authority  or  any  individual,  corporation,   partnership,  limited  liability
company,  joint venture or other form of business or legal entity (collectively,
a "Person"),  whether   pursuant  to Contract  or  otherwise,  is required to be
obtained or made by or with respect to Seller or Parent in  connection  with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Seller Ancillary Document or the
performance  by  Seller  or  Parent  of any of their  obligations  hereunder  or
thereunder,  except for (i) such of the  foregoing as are listed or described on
Schedule  4.4,  which  Schedule  4.4 shall be provided to Purchaser on or before
January 30, 1998 and  (ii) any  filings,  if  required,  with the Federal  Trade
Commission and Department of Justice pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements  Act of 1976,  as amended  (the "HSR Act") (such  filings in clause
(ii) being hereinafter referred to as the "Governmental Approvals").

     4.5 No Third-Party OptionsIV.5No Third-Party Options. There are no existing
agreements,  options, commitments or rights with, of or to any person to acquire
any of the Assets or any interest therein, except for Contracts, purchase orders
and sales orders entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice.

     4.6  Financial  Statements.  Seller has  delivered  to  Purchaser  true and
complete  copies of its  unaudited  balance  sheet as of November  30, 1997 (the
"November  Balance  Sheet"),  and the related  statements of income,  changes in
stockholder's   equity  and  cash  flow  for  the  eleven   months   then  ended
(collectively, the "Financial Statements"), all of which, except as set forth on
Schedule  4.6 hereto,  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with U.S.  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP")  consistently  applied throughout the
periods  involved.  The November  Balance  Sheet fairly  presents the  financial
position,  assets and  liabilities  (whether  accrued,  absolute,  contingent or
otherwise) of Seller at November 30, 1997, and the statements of income, changes
in  stockholder's  equity,  and cash flow included in the  Financial  Statements
fairly present the results of operations,  changes in  stockholder's  equity and
cash  flow  for the  eleven  months  ended  November  30,  1997.  The  Financial
Statements  contain  all  adjustments,  which are  solely of a normal  recurring
nature,  necessary  to present  fairly the  financial  position  and  results of
operations  of Seller at and for the eleven  months  ended  November  30,  1997.
References in this Agreement to the "Interim Balance Sheet Date" shall be deemed
to refer to November 30, 1997.

     4.7  Absence  of  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Seller has no  liabilities  or
obligations  related to the  Business  other  than  liabilities  or  obligations
incurred  in or as a result  of the  normal  and  ordinary  course  of  business
consistent  with  past  practice.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the  term
"liabilities"  or  "obligations"   shall  include,   without   limitation,   any
indebtedness,  guaranty,  endorsement,  claim, loss, damage,  deficiency,  cost,
expense, obligation or responsibility.

     4.8 Contracts and CommitmentsIV.8 Contracts and Commitments.

          (a) Except as listed or described on Schedule 4.8(a) hereto, Seller is
not a party to any written or oral:

              (1)  agreement, contract or commitment for the future purchase of,
or payment for,  supplies or products,  or for the  performance of services by a
third party which supplies,  products or services are used in the conduct of the
Business involving in any one case $10,000 or more;

              (2)  in  connection  with the  Business  involving in any one case
$10,000 or more;rvices Contractscts ("Goods Contracts

              (3)  agreement,  contract  or commitment  relating to the Business
(other than the agreements described in any other clause of this Section 4.8(a))
continuing  over a period  of more  than six  months  from the date  hereof  and
exceeding $10,000 in value;

              (4)   distribution,   dealer,   representative  or   sales  agency
agreement, contract or commitment relating to the Business;

              (5)  lease  or  sublease  involving  rental  payments  of at least
$1,000 per month, under which Seller is either lessor or lessee, or sublessor or
sublessee, relating to the Assets or any Real Property;

              (6) note,  debenture,  bond, equipment trust agreement,  letter of
credit  agreement,  loan  agreement  or other  contract  or  commitment  for the
borrowing  or  lending  of  money  relating  to the  Business  or  agreement  or
arrangement  for a line of credit or  guarantee,  pledge or  undertaking  of the
indebtedness of any other Person relating to the Business;

              (7)  agreement, contract or commitment in excess of $2,500 for any
charitable or political contribution relating to the Business;

              (8)  commitment  or  agreement  for  any  capital  expenditure  or
leasehold improvement in excess of $10,000 relating to the Business;

              (9)  agreement,  contract  or commitment  limiting or  restraining
Seller,  the Business or any  successor  thereto from engaging in any business ,
nor, to Seller's Knowledge (as hereinafter  defined),  is any employee of Seller
(other than Excluded Employees (as hereinafter  defined)) engaged in the conduct
of the Business subject to any such agreement, contract or commitment other than
agreements identified as such in such Schedule 4.8(a);

              (10)  distributorship  agreement  (regardless of the dollar amount
involved) or license,  franchise or other Contract  involving  payments to or by
Seller which are reasonably expected to be more than $100,000 per year which, in
the case of any such  distributorship  agreement,  license,  franchise  or other
Contract,  relates in whole or in part to any Software of Seller  (including any
Contract (regardless of the dollar amount involved) by which Seller has licensed
or otherwise provided access to its source code,  including by way of any escrow
or  similar  arrangement),  patent,  trademark,  trade  name,  service  mark  or
copyright or to any ideas,  technical assistance or other Know-How of or used by
Seller in the conduct of the Business;

               (11) joint  development  or joint venture  agreement or agreement
obligating  the Seller to perform  research  for a  third-party  in exchange for
compensation; or

               (12)  any  other  material  agreement,   contract  or  commitment
relating to the Business not made in the ordinary course of business.

          (b) Each of the agreements,  contracts, commitments, leases, plans and
other  instruments,  documents and  undertakings  listed on Schedule 4.8(a) is a
valid and binding  obligation  of the Seller and,  to Seller's  Knowledge,  is a
valid and  binding  obligation  of each other party  thereto.  Seller is, and to
Seller's Knowledge all other parties thereto are, in substantial compliance with
the provisions of the  agreements,  contracts,  commitments,  leases,  plans and
other instruments,  documents and undertakings listed on Schedule 4.8(a); and to
Seller's  Knowledge,  no event has occurred which, with or without the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

          (c) Except as disclosed on Schedule  4.8(c),  each Service Contract is
substantially in the form referred to in Schedule 4.8(c).

          (d) Schedule 4.8(d) accurately discloses with respect to each Services
Contract disclosed in Schedule 4.8(a), the customer name; and the total billings
as of December 31, 1997 under such contract.

     4.9  Intellectual Property.

          (a) Schedule  4.9(a) hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all
items of  Intellectual  Property which both (i) are owned by Seller and (ii) are
used or held for use in the Business (collectively,  the "Owned IP"), except for
the Know-How and Trade  Secrets of Seller.  Schedule  4.9(a)  includes,  without
limitation, a complete list of all United States and foreign patents, registered
trademarks,  registered copyrights,  registered trade names,  registered service
marks and any other registered  Intellectual  Property rights of Seller, and any
applications  therefor,  owned by Seller  ("Registered Owned IP") and specifies,
where  applicable,  the  jurisdictions in which each item of Registered Owned IP
has been issued or registered or in which an  application  for such issuance and
registration   has  been  filed,   including  the  respective   registration  or
application numbers and the names of all registered owners.

          (b) Schedule  4.9(a) hereto sets forth a true and complete list of all
items of Intellectual  Property which both (i) Seller does not own, but in which
Seller has valid license or other  rights,  and (ii) are used or held for use in
the Business (collectively,  the "Not-Owned IP"), other than generally available
Software used on personal  computers  having an individual  acquisition  cost of
$1,000 or less.  The right of Seller to use the  Not-Owned IP in the Business is
evidenced  solely by the  written  license  agreements  identified  pursuant  to
Section 4.8 and license agreements for such generally available Software.

          (c)  The  Owned  IP,  Not-Owned  IP,  Know-How,   Owned  Software  (as
hereinafter  defined),  Not-Owned  Software (as  hereinafter  defined) and Trade
Secrets include all of the Intellectual  Property rights reasonably necessary to
conduct  the  Business  as  it  is  now  conducted,  and  includes  all  of  the
Intellectual  Property rights used in the development,  marketing,  licensing or
support of the Software.

          (d) To the Knowledge of Seller, the development,  license,  use, sale,
distribution  and  modification  of the Owned IP and  Not-Owned  IP by Seller in
connection  with the  Business has not  infringed  on or otherwise  violated any
presently existing patent or any other intellectual property rights of any other
Person or constituted an unlawful  disclosure,  use or  misappropriation  of the
rights  of any  other  Person.  To the  Knowledge  of  Seller,  Seller is not in
violation  of, or in default  (with or without  notice or lapse of time or both)
under, any legal requirement relating to Seller's Intellectual Property.

          (e) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(e) hereto, there is no pending
or, to the  Knowledge  of  Seller,  threatened  claims or  actions of any nature
affecting the  Intellectual  Property of Seller or any rights therein.  Schedule
4.9(e) hereto also lists all written  notices  currently  pending or received by
Seller since February 28, 1995 (or relating to any unresolved  claim received at
any time  with  respect  to which any  correspondence  has been  received  since
February 28, 1995) which claim  infringement or  misappropriation  or breach, as
the case may be, of any  Intellectual  Property of any third party.  None of the
Intellectual  Property of Seller is subject to any  outstanding  decree,  order,
judgment or  stipulation  to which Seller is a party  restricting in any respect
the exploitation or licensing thereof by Seller and, to Seller's Knowledge, none
of the  Intellectual  Property of Seller is subject to any  outstanding  decree,
order, judgment or stipulation to which Seller is not a party restricting in any
material respect the exploitation or licensing thereof by Seller.

          (f) Except as set forth in Schedule  4.9(f)  hereto,  (i) there are no
material restrictions to which Seller is a party, and, to Seller's Knowledge, no
material  restrictions to which Seller is not a party, on the ability of Seller,
or any  successor or assign of Seller,  to sell,  market,  license,  distribute,
exploit  or use  the  Owned  IP in the  manner  and  geographical  scope  and in
connection  with the goods and services in which the Owned IP is presently sold,
marketed,  licensed,  distributed,  exploited  or  used , and  (ii)  subject  to
licenses given by Seller to other Persons as disclosed pursuant to Sections 4.8,
4.9 or 4.10,  Seller is the sole and exclusive  owner of, with all right,  title
and interest in and to (free and clear of any Liens), the Owned IP, and has sole
and exclusive rights (and is not contractually obligated to pay any compensation
to any third  party in  respect  thereof)  to the use  thereof  or the  material
covered  thereby in connection with the services or products in respect of which
the Owned IP of Seller is being used. At the Closing, Purchaser will acquire all
of such rights on the same basis and geographic  scope as that enjoyed by Seller
immediately prior to the Closing Date.

          (g) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(g) hereto (and subject only to
the express terms of those  license  agreements  identified  pursuant to Section
4.8),  Seller is the licensee  of, with all right,  title and interest in and to
(free and clear of any Liens),  the Not-Owned IP, and has  non-exclusive  rights
(and is not  contractually  obligated to pay any compensation to any third party
in respect  thereof)  to the use  thereof  or the  material  covered  thereby in
connection  with the  services  or  products in respect of which the Owned IP of
Seller is being used. At the Closing,  Purchaser will acquire all of such rights
on the same basis and  geographic  scope as that  enjoyed by Seller  immediately
prior to the Closing Date.

          (h)  Except as  disclosed  pursuant  to  Section  4.8,  Seller has not
granted or, to Seller's  Knowledge,  obligated itself to grant to any Person any
license,  option or other right to develop,  license, sell, distribute or modify
(including any rights under any source code escrow  agreement) in any manner, in
whole or in part, any of the Owned IP or Not-Owned IP.

          (i) To Seller's  Knowledge,  there has been no  material  unauthorized
use,  infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of Seller by
any third party, including any employee or former employee of Seller.

          (j)  To  Seller's  Knowledge  all  patent,   trademark  and  copyright
registrations  constituting part of the Owned IP are valid and subsisting,  have
been properly  maintained,  and are in full force and effect in accordance  with
their terms, and neither Seller,  nor to Seller's Knowledge any other Person, is
in default or violation thereunder. To Seller's Knowledge, no Person, other than
Seller,  has  applied for any patent or  registered  any claim to  copyright  or
trademark with respect to any part of the Owned IP. Purchaser  acknowledges that
Seller has not followed a practice of registering copyrights.

     4.10 Software.

          (a) Schedule  4.9(a) or Schedule  4.10(a) hereto sets forth a true and
complete  list of all items of Software  which both (i) are  owned by Seller and
(ii) are used or held for use or under  development  in the Business (the "Owned
Software").  Except as set forth on such  Schedule  4.9(a),  the Owned  Software
shall include without  limitation all earlier or predecessor  versions of any of
such Software.

          (b) Schedule  4.9(b) or Schedule  4.10(b)hereto  sets forth a true and
complete list of all items of Software which both (i) Seller does not own but in
which Seller has rights to use (by license or  otherwise),  and (ii) are used or
held for use in the  Business,  other  than  licenses  for  generally  available
commercial Software used on personal computers having an individual  acquisition
cost of $1,000 or less  (excluding  such licenses for such  generally  available
commercial Software, the "Not-Owned Software").

          (c)  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  4.10(c)  hereto,  to  Seller's
Knowledge  there  are  no  defects  in the  most  recent  generally  distributed
commercial  versions of the Owned Software  (excluding any computer  Software in
the  process  of  development  and any  versions  distributed  as beta,  test or
evaluation  releases)  (after such exclusion,  the "Commercial  Owned Software")
that would prevent the Commercial Owned Software from  substantially  performing
the functions in the  documentation  accompanying such Commercial Owned Software
as updated(the  "Documentation")  when such Commercial Owned Software is used in
its  unmodified   form,  from  undamaged  media,  and  in  accordance  with  the
instructions and specifications stated in the Documentation.

          (d) Except as qualified in the last  sentence of this Section  4.10(d)
and as set forth in Schedule  4.10(d),  the Commercial Owned Software is capable
of  identifying,  manipulating  and calculating  data and information  correctly
using dates within and outside of the 1990-1999 year range. In addition,  except
as  qualified in the last  sentence of this Section  4.10(d) and as set forth in
Schedule 4.10(d), the Commercial Owned Software is not expected by Seller to (i)
have any operational impediments, (ii) malfunction, (iii) cease to perform, (iv)
generate  incorrect  or  ambiguous  data or (v) produce  incorrect  or ambiguous
results,  in each case with respect to same-century and multi-century  formulas,
functions,  date values and  date-data  interfaces.  With  respect to the period
beginning  on the first  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date and  expiring on the
second  anniversary  of the Closing Date (as set forth in Section 10.1  hereof),
this representation is made to Seller's Knowledge.

     4.11     Development and Protection of Intellectual Property.

          (a) The Owned  Software  consists  exclusively  of (i) "works made for
hire" as that term is used in Title 17 of the United States Code,  and Seller is
considered  the  author  of each of such  works,  and (ii)  works  developed  by
independent  contractors  or  consultants  engaged by Seller or a predecessor in
interest to Seller that have  assigned to Seller all of their  right,  title and
interest in and to the work or works produced, including all copyright and other
intellectual property rights therein pursuant to a valid and enforceable written
Contract.

          (b) Seller has taken reasonable and appropriate measures to protect in
all  material  respects the  confidential  and  proprietary  nature of the Trade
Secrets  and the source  code and access  codes for the Owned  Software  and the
Not-Owned  Software (the  "Confidential  Software").  All employees,  agents and
consultants  of  Seller  who have had  access  to any of the  Trade  Secrets  or
Confidential Software have executed and delivered a proprietary  information and
confidentiality  agreement  substantially  in  Seller's  standard  form or, with
respect to agents of Seller are  otherwise  obligated  to Seller to maintain the
confidentiality  of the Trade  Secrets and  Confidential  Software.  To Seller's
Knowledge,  no Person that is a party to any such  proprietary  information  and
confidentiality agreement or confidentiality  obligation is in breach or default
thereunder in any material respect.
 
          (c) To Seller's  Knowledge,  no employee of Seller is in  violation of
any confidentiality agreement with any former employer or business associate.

          (d) Seller has taken reasonable and appropriate measures to protect in
all material respects the confidential and proprietary nature of the information
related to the  business  strategy,  finances,  marketing  plans or employees of
Seller that has not been published and is not generally known to the public.

     4.12 Conduct of the Business Since the Interim  Balance Sheet Date.  Except
as  described  on Schedule  4.12  hereto and except for actions  which would not
constitute a breach of Section 6.6 if occurring  subsequent  to the date hereof,
since the Interim Balance Sheet Date Seller has not

          (a) incurred any liabilities,  other than liabilities  incurred in the
ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice,  or failed to pay or
discharge when due any  liabilities of which the failure to pay or discharge has
caused or will cause any material  damage or risk of material  loss to Seller or
any of its assets or properties;

          (b)  sold,   encumbered,   assigned,  or  transferred  any  assets  or
properties  which  would  have  been  included  in the  Assets,  except  for the
replacement  or  betterment  of obsolete or worn out  equipment  and the sale of
inventory  or other Assets in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with
past practice;

          (c) made or suffered  any  amendment  or  termination  of any Contract
listed on Schedule  1.1(b) or Schedule  4.8(a) or of any  Permit,  or  canceled,
modified,  or waived any  substantial  debts or claims  held by it or waived any
rights of substantial value, except in any case for acts or omissions arising in
the ordinary course of business;

          (d) made or suffered  any  amendment  or  termination  of any license,
franchise,  distributorship  or other  Contract,  whether or not in the ordinary
course of business, by which Seller has licensed or otherwise provided access to
its source code, including by way of escrow or other similar arrangement;

          (e)  received  notice or had  Knowledge  of any  actual or  threatened
strike, material labor trouble or other material employment-related  occurrence,
event or condition of any similar character;

          (f) made  commitments or Contracts for capital  expenditures,  capital
additions  or  betterments,  or  research  and  development,  exceeding  $10,000
individually  or $50,000 in the  aggregate,  except  such as may be  involved in
ordinary repair, maintenance, or replacement of the Assets;

          (g)  increased  the  salaries  or other  compensation  of, or made any
advance  (excluding  advances for ordinary and necessary  business  expenses) or
loan to, any of its employees or made any increase in, or any addition to, other
benefits  to which  any of its  employees  may be  entitled,  except in any such
instance for increases and advances  arising in the ordinary  course of business
in amounts consistent with past practices;

          (h) entered into any transaction  other than in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice; or

          (i) suffered any one or more events or circumstances that individually
or in the aggregate  has had or could  reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on Seller..

     4.13 Personnel Information.

          (a) Except for contracts listed on Schedule 4.13(a)  hereto, Seller is
not a party to or bound by any employment,  consulting or agency  agreement with
any employee or consultant or any collective bargaining agreement or other labor
agreement, or any pension,  retirement,  stock option, stock purchase,  savings,
profit sharing, deferred compensation, bonus, group insurance or other incentive
or welfare contract, plan or arrangement.

          (b) Schedule  4.13(b) hereto  contains a true and complete list of all
persons employed by Seller other than Excluded Employees, setting forth for each
such employee such employee's date of hire, job title, department,  monthly base
salary  and  1997   bonuses   (showing   separately   profit-sharing   payments,
performance-based bonuses and non-performance-based bonuses). Such Schedule also
sets forth,  with  respect to each stock  option  granted by Parent to each such
employee,  the number of Shares of Parent's  Common Stock  subject to such stock
option, the plan pursuant to which such stock option was granted, whether or not
such option constitutes an "incentive stock option", the exercise price thereof,
the date of grant,  the  expiration  date,  the vesting  schedule  and a summary
reference to the terms and  conditions  governing  such stock option.  Except as
otherwise set forth in Schedule  4.13(b),  to Seller's  Knowledge no employee of
Seller is a party to or is bound by a non-competition agreement, confidentiality
agreement or any similar  agreement or arrangement that would affect the ability
of Purchaser to utilize the Intellectual  Property,  prohibit such employee from
becoming an employee of Purchaser or interfere with such employee's  performance
of his duties as an employee of Purchaser.

          (c) Seller has not agreed to recognize  any union or other  collective
bargaining  unit,  nor has any union or other  collective  bargaining  unit been
certified as  representing  any of Seller's  employees.  To Seller's  Knowledge,
there has been no organizational  effort since February 28, 1995 by or on behalf
of any labor union with respect to employees of Seller other than efforts  which
have not resulted in any material impact upon the Business.

          (d) Except as listed or described on Schedule  4.13(d) hereto,  Seller
(i) has no written or oral personnel policy applicable to its employees, (ii) is
and has been in material compliance since its inception with all applicable laws
regarding employment and employment practices,  including without limitation the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and those
laws  relating  to  terms  and  conditions  of  employment,   wages  and  hours,
occupational  safety and health  and  workers'  compensation  and,  to  Seller's
Knowledge,  is not engaged in any unfair  labor  practices,  (iii) has no unfair
labor  practice  charges  or  complaints  pending  or,  to  Seller's  Knowledge,
threatened  against it before the National Labor  Relations  Board,  (iv) has no
material  grievances pending or, to Seller's  Knowledge,  threatened against it,
and  (v)  has  no  charges  pending  against  it  before  the  Equal  Employment
Opportunity  Commission  or any  state  or  local  agency  responsible  for  the
prevention of unlawful employment practices.

          (e) As of the date hereof,  Seller employs the persons  referred to as
Tier  Employees  and  Potential  Tier  Employees  in the Letter (as such term is
defined in Schedule 3.2(b) hereto. As of the date hereof, to Seller's Knowledge,
neither Parent nor Seller has received any notice or otherwise has any reason to
believe  that any  specific  Tier  Employee  (as such  term is  defined  in such
Schedule 3.2(b)) intends to terminate his or her employment with the Business as
a result of the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  the  consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby, or otherwise.

     4.14 Employee Benefit Plans.

          (a) All "employee benefit plans," as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA,
maintained  by Seller or Parent  for the  benefit  of  Seller's  employees  (the
"Employee  Plans"),  are  identified as such on Schedule  4.13(a)  hereto.  Each
Employee Plan complies in all material  respects with the requirements  provided
by any and all statutes,  orders or governmental rules or regulations  currently
in effect and applicable to such Employee  Plan,  including  without  limitation
ERISA and the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code").  Any
Employee Plans which constitute  "employee  pension benefit plans" as defined in
Section  3(2) of ERISA (the  "Pension  Plans")  are so  designated  on  Schedule
4.13(a) hereto. No Pension Plan constitutes a "multiemployer plan" as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14(b) hereto,  each Pension Plan
that is  intended  to  qualify  under  Section  401 of the Code has  received  a
favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that
it is so qualified.

          (c) All  contributions  required  by law to have been  made  under any
Pension Plan  (without  regard to any waivers  granted  under Section 412 of the
Code) have been made in all material respects.

          (d) To Seller's  Knowledge,  there has been no  "reportable  event" as
that term is  defined in Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  thereunder
that is not exempt from the thirty-day notice  requirement under the regulations
with respect to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA.

     4.15 Litigation;  Decrees. There are no judicial or administrative actions,
proceedings or investigations pending or, to Seller's Knowledge, threatened that
question  the  validity of this  Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by
Seller in connection with this Agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15,
there  are no (i)  lawsuits,  claims,  administrative  or other  proceedings  or
investigations  pending or, to Seller's  Knowledge,  threatened by or against or
affecting  Seller  or any  of  the  assets  of  Seller  or  (ii)  orders  of any
Governmental Authority binding on Seller or any of the assets of Seller.

     4.16  Compliance  With Law;  Permits.  Seller has  complied in all material
respects with each law and order of any  Governmental  Authority to which Seller
or  its  business,  operations,  assets  or  properties  is  subject  and is not
currently in violation of any of the foregoing. Seller owns, holds, possesses or
lawfully  uses in the operation of its business all  governmental  permits which
are in any manner  necessary  for it to conduct the business as now conducted or
for the  ownership  and use of its  assets,  free and  clear of all Liens and in
compliance with all laws. Seller is not in default in any material respect under
any Permits,  nor has it received  any notice of any claim of any default  under
any Permits, other than defaults which have been cured prior to the date hereof.
No Person owns or has any  proprietary,  financial or other interest  (direct or
indirect) in any  governmental  Permits which Seller owns,  possesses or uses in
the operation of the Business as now conducted.

     4.17  Environmental  Matters.  (A) Except as  disclosed  in  Schedule  4.17
hereto,  (a) the  operations  of Seller have been and are in  compliance  in all
material  respects with all  Environmental  Laws and permits,  authorizations or
licenses  required  by  Environmental   Laws;  (b)  there  are  no  judicial  or
administrative  actions,  proceedings or investigations  pending or, to Seller's
Knowledge, threatened against Seller or its operations alleging the violation of
or seeking to impose liability  pursuant to any Environmental Law; (c) Seller is
not subject to any material  Environmental Costs and Liabilities and to Seller's
Knowledge there are no facts,  circumstances or conditions  relating to, arising
from,  associated  with, or attributable to the operations of Seller or any real
property owned,  operated or leased by Seller that could  reasonably be expected
to result in Seller's  incurring material  Environmental  Costs and Liabilities;
(d) to Seller's Knowledge, there is not now, nor has there been at any time, on,
in or under any real  property  owned,  leased  or  operated  by Seller  (i) any
underground  storage tanks,  above-ground  storage tanks,  dikes or impoundments
containing Hazardous Materials, (ii) any asbestos-containing materials, or (iii)
any polychlorinated  biphenyls;  and (e) Seller has provided Purchaser copies of
all environmentally related audits, assessments, studies, reports, analyses, and
results of  investigations  of any real  property  currently or formerly  owned,
operated  or  leased by  Seller  that are in  Seller's  possession,  custody  or
control.

         (B)   For the purposes of this Agreement:

               "Environmental  Costs  and  Liabilities"  shall  mean any and all
          losses,   liabilities,   obligations,   damages,   fines,   penalties,
          judgments,  actions,  claims,  costs,  and expenses  (including  fees,
          disbursements,  and expenses of legal counsel, experts, engineers, and
          consultants and the costs of  investigation  and feasibility  studies,
          remedial,  or removal actions and cleanup  activities) arising from or
          under any  Environmental  Law or any order or agreement  now in effect
          with any Governmental Authority or other Person.

               "Environmental Law" means any law (including common law) relating
          to the environment,  natural resources,  or public and employee health
          and safety and  includes,  but is not  limited  to, the  Comprehensive
          Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and  Liability  Act, 42 U.S.C.
          Section 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials  Transportation Act, 49
          U.S.C.  Section 1801, et seq., the Resource  Conservation and Recovery
          Act, 42 U.S.C.  Section 6901, et seq.,  the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.
          Section 1251 et seq.,  the Clean Air Act, 33 U.S.C.  Section  2601, et
          seq.,  the Toxic  Substances  Control Act, 15 U.S.C.  Section 2601, et
          seq.,  the Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide,  and  Rodenticide  Act, 7
          U.S.C.  Section 136, et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C.
          Section 2701, et seq.,  the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.
          Section 300F, et seq., and the Occupational  Safety and Health Act, 29
          U.S.C.  Section  651,  et,  seq.,  as such Laws have been  amended  or
          supplemented,  and the regulations  promulgated  pursuant thereto, and
          all analogous state or local statutes.

               "Hazardous  Material"  means any  substance,  material,  or waste
          which is regulated by any Governmental Authority,  including,  without
          limitation,  any material,  substance,  or waste which is defined as a
          "hazardous  waste,"  "hazardous  material,"   "hazardous   substance,"
          "extremely  hazardous   substance,"   "restricted   hazardous  waste,"
          "contaminant," "toxic waste," or "toxic substance" under any provision
          of  Environmental  Law,  which  includes,   but  is  not  limited  to,
          petroleum,  petroleum  products  (including crude oil and any fraction
          thereof), asbestos,  asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde,
          and polychlorinated biphenyls.

     4.18 Title to Assets.

          (a) Except as listed or described in Schedule  4.18(a) hereto,  Seller
has, and following the Closing,  Purchaser will have, good, valid and marketable
title to the Assets,  other than Assets which are not  assignable  in accordance
with Section 1.3, free and clear of all Liens,  other than  (a) Liens for Taxes,
assessments  and other  governmental  charges  which are not due and  payable or
which  may  thereafter  be  paid  without  penalty,  (b) mechanics',  carriers',
workmen's, repairmen's, and other like Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice and (c) purchase money security
interests. The items described in Schedule 4.18(a) hereto and the items referred
to in  clauses  (a),  (b)  and (c) of the  immediately  preceding  sentence  are
hereinafter referred to as "Permitted Liens".

          (b) The Assets  constitute  all the assets  and  rights  necessary  to
operate the Business as currently conducted.

    4.19  Taxes.

          (a) All Tax Returns  required to be filed by or with respect to Seller
and the Assets for the past three years have been duly and timely filed with the
appropriate  Federal,  state, local and foreign governments or foreign agencies.
All such Tax Returns are true,  correct and complete in all  material  respects.
Seller has duly and timely paid (or is  challenging  in good faith,  pursuant to
challenges described in Schedule 4.19 hereto, the payment of) all Taxes that are
due,  or claimed or  asserted by any taxing  authority  to be due,  from or with
respect to it. Except as set forth in Schedule  4.19 hereto,  for the past three
years Seller has not executed or filed with the Internal  Revenue Service or any
other taxing  authority  any  agreement  extending the period for filing any Tax
Return.

          (b) To Seller's Knowledge,  for the past three years no material claim
for assessment or collection of Taxes has been asserted against Seller or any of
its  assets,  other than  claims  which were  resolved  on or before the Interim
Balance  Sheet Date.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  4.19  hereto,  no audit,
investigation,  or other  proceeding  by any court,  governmental  or regulatory
authority,  or similar person is pending or, to Seller's  Knowledge,  threatened
with respect to the assessment or collection of Taxes with respect to Seller and
the Assets.

          (c)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  4.19  hereto,  no  waivers  of
statutes  of  limitation  in  respect  of any Tax  Returns  have  been  given or
requested by Seller, nor has Seller agreed to any extension of time with respect
to a Tax  assessment  or  deficiency  during the past three  years.  To Seller's
Knowledge, no claim has been made or threatened within the past three years by a
Governmental  Authority in a  jurisdiction  where Seller does not currently file
Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

          (d) Intentionally omitted.

          (e) The performance of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will not
(either  alone or upon the  occurrence of any  additional  or subsequent  event)
result in any payment that would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within
the meaning of  Section 280G  of the Code.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.19
hereto,  none of the Assets is (i) "tax-exempt  use" property within the meaning
of Section  168(h) of the Code;  (ii) required to be treated as owned by another
person pursuant to the provisions of Section  168(f)(8) of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1954, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the
Tax Reform Act of 1986; or (iii) "tax exempt bond financed  property" within the
meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code.

          (f) Except as described on Schedule 4.19 hereto, Seller is not a party
to any tax allocation agreement, tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement,
or similar agreement,  arrangement, or practice with respect to Taxes (including
any advance pricing  agreement,  closing  agreement,  private letter ruling,  or
other agreement relating to Taxes with any Governmental Authority).

          (g) Seller is not a foreign  person within the meaning of Section 1445
of the Code.

          (h) "Tax" and "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, charges,  fees, levies, or
other similar  assessments  or  liabilities,  including  without  limitation (a)
income, gross receipts,  ad valorem,  premium,  excise, real property,  personal
property, sales, use, transfer, withholding,  employment, payroll, Medicare, and
franchise taxes imposed by the United States of America, or by any state, local,
or foreign  government,  or any subdivision,  agency, or other similar Person of
the  United  States  or any  such  government;  and  (b)  any  interest,  fines,
penalties,  assessments,  or additions to taxes resulting from, attributable to,
or  incurred  in  connection  with any Tax or any  contest,  dispute,  or refund
thereof. "Tax Returns" shall mean any report, return or statement required to be
supplied to a taxing authority in connection with Taxes.

     4.20  Real Property.

          (a) Owned Real Property. Seller does not own any real property.

          (b) Leased Real Property.  With respect to the Real Property leased by
Seller:

               (1) each Real Property Lease is, and at Closing shall be, in full
     force and  effect  and has not been  assigned,  modified,  supplemented  or
     amended,  and to  Seller's  Knowledge  no  circumstances  or state of facts
     presently  exists  which,  with the giving of notice or passage of time, or
     both,  would permit the  landlord or  sublandlord  under any Real  Property
     Lease to terminate any Real Property Lease; and

               (2) subject to Section 1.3, at the  Closing,  Seller shall assign
     to the Purchaser all right, title and interest of Seller in and to all Real
     Property  Leases (and shall  deliver to  Purchaser  original  copies of all
     consents  obtained  with  respect  to such  assignments)  and all  security
     deposits  made by  Seller  pursuant  to any of the  Real  Property  Leases,
     together with all accrued and unpaid interest earned on such deposits.

          (c) Zoning. To Seller's Knowledge, the Real Property complies with all
applicable zoning and other land use requirements.

          (d)  Utility  Services.  The water,  electric,  gas and sewer  utility
services and the septic tank and storm drainage  facilities  currently available
to the Real  Property are  adequate for the present use of the Real  Property by
Seller in  conducting  the  Business,  are being  supplied  to Seller by utility
companies or  municipalities,  and to Seller's  Knowledge  there is no condition
which  will  result  in the  termination  of the  present  access  from the Real
Property to such utility services and other facilities.

          (e)  Access.  Seller  has  obtained  all  Permits  and  rights-of-way,
including  proof-of-dedication,  which are  necessary  to ensure  vehicular  and
pedestrian  ingress  and  egress  to and  from the Real  Property.  To  Seller's
Knowledge,  there are no conditions  which will result in the termination of the
present  access from the Real  Property to  neighboring  existing  highways  and
roads.

          (f) Intentionally omitted.

          (g) Eminent Domain.  Seller has received no notices,  oral or written,
and has no  Knowledge,  that any  Governmental  Authority  having  the  power of
eminent  domain over the Real  Property  has  commenced to exercise the power of
eminent  domain or a similar  power with  respect to all or any part of the Real
Property.

          (h) No  Violations.  Seller has  received no written  notices from any
Governmental  Authority,  and has no  Knowledge,  that the Real  Property or any
improvements  erected  or  situate  thereon,  or the uses  conducted  thereon or
therein,  violate in any material respect any laws of any Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction over the Real Property.

          (i)  Improvements.  The improvements  located on the Real Property are
generally in good condition and are  structurally  sound, and all mechanical and
other systems located therein are in good operating condition, subject to normal
wear and tear.  To Seller's  Knowledge no condition  exists  requiring  material
repairs, alterations or corrections with respect to the Real Property.

          (j) Intentionally omitted.

          (k) Flood Plain.  No part of the Real  Property  contains,  is located
within,  or abuts  any  flood  plain,  navigable  water or other  body of water,
tideland,  wetland,  marshland  or any other  area  which is  subject to special
state, federal or municipal regulation, control or protection.

     4.21 Brokers. Neither Seller nor any of Seller's Affiliates (as hereinafter
defined)  have made any Contract with any Person or taken any action which would
cause any Person to claim an agent's,  broker's or  finder's  fee or  commission
from Purchaser in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  the term  "Affiliate",  when used in reference to a
party, shall mean any entity directly or indirectly controlling,  controlled by,
or under common control with, such party.

     4.22 Agents.  Seller has not  designated or appointed any Person to act for
it or on its behalf pursuant to any power of attorney other than with respect to
any power of attorney granted with respect to any filing related to Taxes.

     4.23 Books and  Records.  Copies of all the minute  books and stock  record
books of Seller have been  delivered to  Purchaser  for  inspection  and contain
accurate  records of all  meetings  of, and written  consents  by, the boards of
directors (and any committees thereof) and stockholders of Seller since February
28, 1995. The stock ledger and transfer books of Seller are complete and correct
and  properly  reflect  all  transfers  of the  capital  stock  of  Seller.  All
accounting,  financial,  reporting,  business,  tax, corporate and other similar
books and records of Seller  accurately  reflect in all  material  respects  the
business and financial condition of Seller.

     4.24 Insurance.  Seller has insurance policies in full force and effect for
such amounts as are sufficient for material  compliance with all requirements of
law and of all contracts  and  agreements to which Seller is a party or by which
it is bound. Set forth in Schedule 4.24 hereto is a list of all fire,  liability
and other forms of insurance  and all fidelity  bonds held by or  applicable  to
Seller,  setting forth, in respect of each such policy,  the policy name, policy
number, carrier, term, type of coverage and annual premium.  Excluding insurance
policies that have expired and been replaced in the ordinary course of business,
none of Seller's insurance policies have been canceled within the last two years
and to Seller's Knowledge no threat has been made to cancel any insurance policy
of Seller  during such period.  To Seller's  Knowledge,  no event has  occurred,
including,  without  limitation,  the  failure  by Seller to give any  notice or
information  or  Seller's   giving  any   inaccurate  or  erroneous   notice  or
information,  which  limits or impairs  in any  material  respect  the rights of
Seller under any such insurance policies.

     4.25 Condition of Assets.  All the Assets are in good  operating  condition
and repair,  subject to normal wear,  tear and maintenance and are usable in the
regular and ordinary  course of  business.  No Person other than Seller owns any
equipment or other tangible  assets or properties  necessary to the operation of
the Business of Seller,  except for leased items  disclosed  pursuant to Section
4.8(a)(5) or below the disclosure threshold set forth in Section 4.8(a)(5).

     4.26 Disclosure.  No representation or warranty by Seller contained in this
Agreement (including without limitation representations and warranties set forth
in the Financial Statements and the Schedules referenced in this Article IV), in
the documents to be delivered by Seller at the Closing  pursuant to Article VIII
and in any other  instrument  furnished  or to be  furnished  by or on behalf of
Seller or Parent to Purchaser or any of its  representatives  in connection with
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  contains  or will  contain  any untrue
statement of a material  fact,  or omits or will omit to state any material fact
necessary,  in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in
order to make the  statements  herein or therein not  misleading or necessary in
order fully and fairly to provide the information required to be provided in any
such document or other instrument.

                 V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

     Purchaser  hereby makes the  following  representations  and  warranties to
Parent and  Seller,  each of which is true and correct as of the date hereof and
shall be unaffected by any investigation  heretofore or hereafter made by Parent
or Seller.  Purchaser  acknowledges  that  Parent and Seller are relying on such
representations  and  warranties  in  connection  with the entering into of this
Agreement and the sale of the Assets contemplated hereby.

     5.1  Corporate  Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
incorporation and has the requisite  corporate power and authority to own, lease
or  otherwise  hold its  properties  and assets and to carry on its  business as
presently conducted.

     5.2  Authorization  and Effect of  Agreement.  Purchaser  has the requisite
corporate  power to execute and deliver this  Agreement and the agreements to be
entered  into by it at the Closing  pursuant  hereto (the  "Purchaser  Ancillary
Documents") and to perform the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby to
be performed by it. The  execution  and delivery by Purchaser of this  Agreement
and  the  Purchaser  Ancillary  Documents  and  the  performance  by it  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby to be performed by it have been or,
in the case of the Purchaser  Ancillary  Documents  will at the Closing be, duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of  Purchaser.  This
Agreement has been,  and each Purchaser  Ancillary  Document will at the Closing
be, duly executed and delivered by duly  authorized  officers of Purchaser  and,
assuming the due execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and, as  applicable,
any  Purchaser  Ancillary  Document,   by  Parent  and  Seller,  this  Agreement
constitutes,   and  each  Purchaser  Ancillary  Document  will  at  the  Closing
constitute,  a valid and binding  obligation of Purchaser,  enforceable  against
Purchaser in accordance with its terms,  except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium,  or other  similar laws  affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights in general and subject to general principles of
equity (regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered in a proceeding
in equity or at law).

     5.3 No Conflicts.  The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and each
Purchaser  Ancillary  Document  by  Purchaser  does  not or in the  case  of the
Purchaser  Ancillary Documents will not, and the performance by Purchaser of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or  thereby to be  performed  by it will not,
(a) conflict  with the  certificate  or  articles  of  incorporation  (or  other
organizational documents) or by-laws of Purchaser,  (b) conflict with, or result
in any violation of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of
time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination,  cancellation,  or
acceleration  of any obligation or to loss of a benefit under,  any provision of
any material  document to which  Purchaser or any of its assets or properties is
bound,  or  (c) constitute  a violation of any law  applicable to Purchaser.  No
consent, approval, order, or authorization of, or registration,  declaration, or
filing with,  any  Governmental  Authority or other Person  whether  pursuant to
contractual  obligation or  otherwise,  is required to be obtained or made by or
with respect to Purchaser in connection  with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or any Purchaser Ancillary Document or the performance by Purchaser of
any of its  obligations  hereunder or  thereunder,  except for the  Governmental
Approvals.

     5.4 Brokers.  Neither Purchaser nor any of Purchaser's  Affiliates has made
any  agreement  with any Person or taken any action which would cause any Person
to claim an  agent's,  broker's  or finder's  fee or  commission  from Seller in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                            VI. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

     6.1 No Inconsistent Action. Neither Purchaser,  on the one hand, nor Parent
or  Seller,  on the  other  hand,  shall  take any  action  which is  materially
inconsistent with their respective obligations under this Agreement.

     6.2  Injunctions.  If any  United  States,  state or foreign  court  having
jurisdiction  over any party  issues or  otherwise  promulgates  any order which
prohibits the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby, the parties
will use their respective  reasonable efforts to have such injunction  dissolved
or otherwise  eliminated  as promptly as possible  and to pursue the  underlying
litigation diligently and in good faith.

     6.3  Governmental  Filings.  Purchaser,  on the one hand,  and  Parent  and
Seller,  on the other  hand,  shall as  promptly as  practicable  following  the
execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  file with the United States  Federal
Trade Commission and the United States  Department of Justice,  the notification
and report form under the HSR Act  required  for the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  and any  supplemental  information  requested  in  connection  therewith
pursuant to the HSR Act.  Purchaser,  on the one hand, and Parent and Seller, on
the other  hand,  shall as promptly  as  practicable  comply with any other laws
which are applicable to any of the transactions contemplated hereby and pursuant
to which any consent,  approval,  order, or  authorization  of, or registration,
declaration,  or filing with,  any  Authority or any other Person in  connection
with the transactions  contemplated hereby is necessary.  Purchaser,  on the one
hand, and Parent and Seller,  on the other hand, shall furnish to the other such
necessary  information  and  reasonable  assistance as the other may  reasonably
request in  connection  with its  preparation  of any filing,  registration,  or
declaration  which is  necessary  under the HSR Act or any other  similar  laws.
Purchaser, on the one hand, and Parent and Seller, on the other hand, shall keep
each other reasonably apprised of the status of any communications with, and any
inquiries  or  requests  for  additional   information  from,  any  Governmental
Authority,  and shall use  reasonable  efforts to comply  promptly with any such
inquiry or request.  Purchaser agrees that any filing fee required to be paid in
connection with any filing under the HSR Act shall be paid fully by Purchaser..

     6.4 Third Party Consents.  Purchaser,  on the one hand, and Seller,  on the
other hand, will cooperate and use their respective reasonable efforts to obtain
as promptly as  practicable  all consents,  approvals,  and waivers  required by
third Persons to transfer the Assets (other than consents, approvals and waivers
relating to Contracts  and Permits,  which  consents,  approvals and waivers are
governed by Section  1.3) to  Purchaser in a manner that will avoid any default,
conflict, or termination of rights in respect thereof.

     6.5 Access. Except as otherwise required by the confidentiality obligations
of Seller,  prior to the  Closing,  upon  reasonable  notice from  Purchaser  to
Seller,  Seller will afford to the officers,  attorneys,  accountants,  or other
authorized  representatives   (including,   without  limitation,   environmental
consultants) of Purchaser  reasonable access during normal business hours to the
employees,  Assets,  facilities,  and the books and  records  of Seller so as to
afford  Purchaser  a full  opportunity  to make such  review,  examination,  and
investigation  of the  Business  as  Purchaser  may  desire  to make.  Except as
otherwise required by the confidentiality  obligations of Seller, Purchaser will
be permitted to make such extracts from or to make such copies of such books and
records  as may be  reasonably  necessary  in  connection  therewith.  Except as
otherwise required by the  confidentiality  obligations of Seller,  prior to the
Closing, Seller will promptly furnish or cause to be furnished to Purchaser such
financial and operating data and other information as Purchaser shall reasonably
request pursuant to this Section 6.5.

     6.6 Conduct Prior to Closing. During the period between the date hereof and
the Closing,  (1) Parent shall have all the rights and obligations granted to it
pursuant to the Patent License Agreement referred to in Section 8.2(h) hereof as
though such Patent License  Agreement had been executed on the date hereof,  (2)
Seller shall be permitted to take the Permitted Actions (as hereinafter defined)
in its discretion  and (3) without in any way limiting any other  obligations of
Seller hereunder,  except as consented to by Purchaser in writing (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld,  other than consents relating to the license
or granting  of access to source code  described  in Section  6.6(a)(ix)  below,
which may be withheld or granted in Purchaser's sole discretion):

        (a)   Seller shall:

               (i) (A) use  reasonable  efforts to conduct the  Business and the
          operations  and  affairs  of Seller  only in the  ordinary  and normal
          course of business  consistent with past practice;  (B) not enter into
          any  transaction or take any action which, if effected before the date
          of this Agreement,  would  constitute a breach of any  representation,
          warranty,  covenant or other  obligation of Seller contained herein or
          would  have   required   disclosure   under  Article  IV,  other  than
          transactions or actions which would not have a Material Adverse Effect
          upon Seller and Permitted  Actions;  and (C) not enter into any supply
          arrangements  requiring the purchase of goods or services by Seller in
          the amount (with respect to any such arrangement) of more than $50,000
          per year per arrangement or Contracts  contemplating the payment to or
          by Seller in the amount  (with  respect to any such  Contract) of more
          than  $250,000  per  year per  Contract  (arrangements  and  Contracts
          falling below the thresholds  set forth in this Section  6.6(a)(i)(C),
          unless  otherwise  expressly  prohibited  in clauses  (ii) through (x)
          below, being hereinafter referred to as "Permitted Actions");

               (ii) use reasonable efforts to continue to maintain in full force
          and effect all  policies  of  insurance  or  renewals  thereof  now in
          effect,  take out, at the expense of the  Purchaser,  such  additional
          insurance as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser and give all
          notices and present all claims  under all  policies of  insurance in a
          due and timely fashion (except if the failure to give such notices and
          present  such  claims  would not have a Material  Adverse  Effect upon
          Seller);

               (iii) pay and discharge the liabilities of Seller in the ordinary
          course of business in  accordance  and  consistent  with the  previous
          practices of Seller, except those contested in good faith by Seller;

               (iv)  except  for pay  increases  and  bonuses  made to  Excluded
          Employees,  not increase the  compensation  or benefits of or make any
          advance  (excluding  advances  for  ordinary  and  necessary  business
          expenses) or loan to any director, officer or employee of Seller;

               (v) not sell,  assign, or transfer any of the Assets,  except for
          the  replacement  or  betterment of obsolete or worn out equipment and
          sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business  consistent with
          past practice, and not permit any of the Assets to be subjected to any
          Lien (other than Permitted Liens);

               (vi) not make  commitments or Contracts for capital  expenditures
          or capital additions or betterments which exceed $10,000  individually
          or  $50,000  in the  aggregate,  except  such  as may be  involved  in
          ordinary repair, maintenance or replacement of the Assets;

               (vii) not  acquire  or agree to  acquire  any  assets  that would
          constitute Assets except in the ordinary course of business consistent
          with past practices;

               (viii)  not enter into any  Contract  or other  transaction  with
          Parent or any Affiliate of Parent or any officer or director of Parent
          or of any Affiliate of Parent;

               (ix) not amend,  modify or terminate any of the Contracts  listed
          on  Schedule  6.6(a)(ix)  hereto,  enter into any  Contracts  by which
          Seller  proposes to license or otherwise  provide access to its source
          code  (including  by way of escrow or other  similar  arrangement)  or
          enter  into any  Contracts  that  grant  any  exclusive  rights to any
          Person; or

               (x)  not  agree,  in  writing  or  otherwise,  to do  any  of the
          foregoing.

          (b) Seller  shall use its  reasonable  efforts to preserve  intact the
Business and the property, assets, operations and affairs of Seller and carry on
the Business and the affairs of Seller as currently conducted, keep available to
Seller the services of the present employees of Seller, preserve and protect its
Intellectual  Property and the value  thereof,  and promote and preserve for the
Purchaser  the goodwill of  suppliers,  customers,  creditors  and others having
business relations with Seller.

     6.7  Notification.

          (a) Seller shall  provide  prompt  written  notice to  Purchaser,  and
Purchaser  shall provide  prompt  written  notice to Seller (in each case within
five (5) business  days),  of any  litigation,  arbitration,  or  administrative
proceeding pending or, to its Knowledge, threatened against Parent or Seller, on
the one hand, or Purchaser, on the other hand, which challenges the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          (b) Seller will provide  prompt  written  notice to Purchaser  (in any
event within five (5) business days) of any  development or information  causing
or which constitutes or would at the Closing constitute a material breach of any
of its representations and warranties contained herein or any Schedules referred
to herein or attached hereto and shall promptly  furnish any  information  which
Purchaser may reasonably request in relation to such development or information;
provided,  however, that such notice shall not operate to cure any breach of the
representations  and  warranties  made  herein or in any  Schedules  referred to
herein or attached hereto.

     6.8 No  Solicitation.  Except  for the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  from and after the date of this  Agreement  until the Closing or the
termination of this Agreement,  neither Parent nor Seller shall,  nor shall they
authorize or permit any  officer,  director,  or employee of, or any  investment
banker,  attorney,  accountant,  or other representative  retained by, Parent or
Seller to,  directly or indirectly,  solicit,  initiate,  encourage or entertain
(including by way of furnishing information) discussions,  inquiries, offers, or
proposals,  or participate in any discussions or negotiations for the purpose or
with the  intention  of leading to any  proposal or offer from any Person  which
constitutes  or  concerns,  or may  reasonably  be  expected  to  lead  to,  any
proposals,   for  a  merger  or  other  business  combination   constituting  an
acquisition of Seller or any proposal or offer to acquire any of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of Seller or any material portion of the Assets.

     6.9 Publicity.  Prior to the Closing, neither party will issue or cause the
publication  of any press release or other public  announcement  with respect to
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior consent
of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably  withheld;  provided,
however,  that nothing herein will prohibit either party from issuing or causing
publication of any such press release or public  announcement to the extent that
such party  determines  such  action to be  required  by law or the rules of any
national stock exchange or self-regulatory  organization applicable to it or its
Affiliates,  in which  event  the  party  making  such  determination  will,  if
practicable  in the  circumstances,  use  reasonable  efforts to allow the other
party  reasonable  time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of
its issuance.

     6.10 Satisfaction of Conditions.  Without limiting the generality or effect
of any  provision of Article VI, prior to the Closing,  each of the parties will
use  reasonable  best  efforts with due  diligence  and in good faith to satisfy
promptly all conditions  required  hereby to be satisfied by such party in order
to expedite the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     6.11 Seller's  Employees.  Purchaser  shall have the right to interview and
offer employment,  such employment to commence immediately after the Closing, to
all persons  employed by Seller as of the date  hereof  other than the  Excluded
Employees.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Purchaser  shall have the right to
interview and offer  employment (to commence  immediately  after the Closing) to
Excluded  Employees  to the  extent,  and in the manner,  permitted  in Schedule
3.2(b) hereto.  All initial  offers of employment  made pursuant to this Section
6.11 shall be made on terms consistent with the terms described in Schedule 6.11
hereto.  Seller shall not offer employment to any of Seller's  employees to whom
employment has been offered by Purchaser (such persons are hereinafter  referred
to as "Offerees"  provided that they are not Excluded Employees) unless (a) this
Agreement is terminated or (b) such offer complies with Section 9.10.

     6.12 Transferred Employees.  Purchaser covenants the following with respect
to Transferred Employees (as defined in Section 6.12(a) hereof):

          (a)  Purchaser  shall give  service  credit  under all of its employee
benefit plans, for purposes of determining eligibility to participate,  vesting,
satisfaction  of  pre-existing  medical  conditions  exclusion  provisions,  and
calculation of vacation and severance  benefits,  to all employees of Seller who
become  employees  of  Purchaser  immediately  after the  Closing  ("Transferred
Employees") for all of their service with Seller and its Affiliates.

          (b) Purchaser  shall give credit under its employee  medical plans for
any  deductibles,   co-payments,   and  other  out-of-pocket  expenses  paid  by
Transferred  Employees  and credited  under  Seller's  medical plan prior to the
Closing.

          (c) Intentionally omitted.

          (d) Intentionally omitted.

          (e) Intentionally omitted.

          (f)  As of  the  Closing,  Purchaser  shall  provide  all  Transferred
Employees with an employee benefits package that Purchaser  reasonably  believes
to be, in the aggregate,  no less valuable to the Transferred  Employee than the
employee benefits package provided to such employees as of the Closing Date.

     6.13 Excluded Employees. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Excluded
Employees" shall mean Chuck House,  Mark Grosen,  Gilbert Pitney (but only after
it is determined that Mr. Pitney will not be an "Accepting Tier Employee" within
the  meaning of  Schedule  3.2(b)  hereto),  Kalon  Kelley (but only after it is
determined that Mr. Kelley will not be an "Accepting  Tier Employee"  within the
meaning of Schedule  3.2(b)  hereto),  Chris Ring,  Lane  McMains and Jeff Mark.
Except as  provided  below,  the  Purchaser  shall not offer  employment  to the
Excluded Employees for a period of two years after the Closing Date:

          (a) The  Purchaser  shall be permitted to offer  employment to Gilbert
Pitney,  Kalon  Kelley and the  Excluded  Employees  to the  extent,  and in the
manner, provided for in Schedule 3.2(b) hereto.

          (b) The Seller and Parent shall use  reasonable  efforts to make Chuck
House  available  to assist  Purchaser  during  the first six  months  after the
Closing, at no cost to Purchaser. Such availability shall not extend to any more
than 10 days during such six month period.  Such  services  shall be provided to
Purchaser  pursuant to the Transition  Services  Agreement  described in Section
8.2(h).

          (c) At Purchaser's request, the Seller and Parent shall use reasonable
efforts to make Mark  Grossen  available  to assist  Purchaser,  in the areas of
requirements and products definition,  specifications  review and design review,
during the first two years  after the  Closing,  at no cost to  Purchaser.  Such
availability  shall not extend to any more than 5 days  during  any three  month
period during such two year period. Such services shall be provided to Purchaser
pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement described in Section 8.2(i).


                             VII. CLOSING CONDITIONS

     7.1  Conditions to  Obligations  of Each of the Parties.  The obligation of
each party to effect the transactions  contemplated  hereby (the  "Transaction")
and to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the  fulfillment,  at or prior
to the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

          7.1.1 No Prohibition of Transaction.

          (a) No third party shall have  instituted  any suit or  proceeding  to
restrain, enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of the Transaction.

          (b) The waiting period  required by Section 7(b)(1) of the HSR Act and
the  regulations   promulgated   thereunder   shall  have  expired  without  any
administrative  or judicial  proceeding  having been  instituted  by the Federal
Trade Commission or the Department of Justice with respect to the Transaction.

          (c) No order  shall  have been  issued by any court or  administrative
body to restrain, enjoin or otherwise prevent consummation of the Transaction.

          7.1.2 Compliance with Law. All Governmental  Approvals shall have been
obtained.

     7.2 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser.  The obligations of the
Purchaser hereunder are subject to the satisfaction,  on or prior to the Closing
Date, of all the following  conditions,  compliance with which or the occurrence
of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Purchaser in writing:

          7.2.1  Representations and Warranties True at the Closing Date. Except
for   (i)   changes   expressly    contemplated   by   this   Agreement,    (ii)
misrepresentations  which  individually or in the aggregate do not, or could not
reasonably  be expected to, have a Material  Adverse  Effect upon the Seller and
(iii)  representations  made as of a particular  date, the  representations  and
warranties  of the  Seller  and  the  Parent  contained  in  Article  IV of this
Agreement  shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing Date
and  shall  then be true  and  correct  in all  material  respects  (except  for
representations  and  warranties  which are qualified as to  materiality,  which
representations  and warranties shall be true in all respects).  At the Closing,
the Seller shall have  delivered to the Purchaser a certificate to the foregoing
effect signed by the Seller and dated the Closing Date.

          7.2.2 No Material  Adverse Change.  During the period from December 1,
1997 through the Closing Date,  (a) there shall not have been any adverse change
in the financial  condition or results of operations of the Seller, nor any loss
or damage to its assets,  whether or not insured,  in either case which  affects
the Seller's  ability to conduct the Business,  (b) none of the events described
in Section 4.12 of this  Agreement  shall have occurred and (c) the Seller shall
not have taken any action  outside of the  ordinary  course of  business,  other
than, in any such case covered by clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7.2.2,
changes,  losses,  damages,  events or actions  which,  individually  and in the
aggregate,  do not  constitute a Material  Adverse  Effect upon  Seller.  At the
Closing,  the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser a certificate,  dated
the Closing Date and signed by the Seller, to the foregoing effect.

          7.2.3 Seller's and Parent's  Performance.  Each of the  obligations of
the Seller and the Parent to be performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant
to the terms of this  Agreement  shall have been duly  performed in all material
respects as of the Closing Date, and, at the Closing Date, the Seller and Parent
shall have  delivered to the  Purchaser a certificate  to the  foregoing  effect
dated on and as of the Closing Date.

          7.2.4 Necessary  Corporate  Approvals.  As of the date of execution of
this  Agreement,  the board of directors and  stockholders of the Seller and the
board of directors of the Parent have duly authorized and approved the execution
and delivery of this Agreement, and all corporate actions necessary or proper to
authorize the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement by Seller
and Parent have been taken.  All such actions  shall be in full force and effect
and shall not have been revoked as of the Closing Date and the Seller and Parent
shall have delivered to the Purchaser a certificate to that effect.

          7.2.5 Resolutions  Authorizing the Execution of this Agreement.  As of
the date  hereof,  the  Seller  has  furnished  to the  Purchaser  copies of the
resolutions  or  consents  of the  Seller's  board  of  directors  and its  sole
stockholder  and  the  Parent  has  furnished  to the  Purchaser  copies  of the
resolutions  or consents of the Parent's  board of directors ,  authorizing  the
execution,  delivery, and performance of this Agreement. As of the Closing Date,
the Seller and Parent shall have  delivered to the Purchaser  certificate of the
Secretaries  of the  Seller  and  Parent  confirming  that such  resolutions  or
consents (in substantially the same form and substance as heretofore  delivered)
remain in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

          7.2.6  Documents.  The  Seller and Parent  shall  have  furnished  the
Purchaser with each of the documents contemplated by Section 8.2 and 8.4.

          7.2.7 Intentionally omitted.

          7.2.8 Consents to Assignment.  Notwithstanding any provision herein to
the contrary,  provided that Seller complies with its obligations  under Section
1.3 and Section 6.4, Purchaser's  obligations herein shall not be conditioned on
the receipt of any consent to the assignment of any Contract or Permit.
 
     7.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller and Parent. The obligations
of the Seller and the Parent  hereunder are subject to the  satisfaction,  on or
prior to the Closing  Date,  of all the following  conditions,  compliance  with
which or the occurrence of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Seller
and Parent in writing:

          7.3.1  Representations and Warranties True at the Closing Date. Except
for   (i)   changes   expressly    contemplated   by   this   Agreement,    (ii)
misrepresentations  which  individually or in the aggregate do not, or could not
reasonably be expected to, have a Material Adverse Effect upon the Purchaser and
(iii)  representations  made as of a particular  date, the  representations  and
warranties of the Purchaser  contained in Article V of this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to have been made again at and as of the  Closing  Date and shall then be
true and  correct in all  material  respects  (except  for  representations  and
warranties  which are qualified as to  materiality,  which  representations  and
warranties shall be true in all respects). At the Closing, the Seller shall have
delivered to the Purchaser a certificate  to the foregoing  effect signed by the
Seller and dated the Closing Date.

          7.3.2  Purchaser's  Performance.   Each  of  the  obligations  of  the
Purchaser to be performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement shall have been duly performed in all material respects as of the
Closing Date,  and, at the Closing Date,  the Purchaser  shall have delivered to
the Seller a certificate to the foregoing  effect dated on and as of the Closing
Date.

          7.3.3 Necessary  Corporate  Approvals.  As of the date of execution of
this Agreement,  a committee of the board of directors of the Purchaser has duly
authorized  and approved the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  and all
corporate actions  necessary or proper to authorize the execution,  delivery and
performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser have been taken. All such actions
shall be in full  force and  effect  and shall not have been  revoked  as of the
Closing Date and the Purchaser  shall have delivered to the Seller a certificate
to that effect.

          7.3.4 Resolutions  Authorizing the Execution of this Agreement.  As of
the date  hereof,  the  Purchaser  has  furnished  to the  Seller  copies of the
resolutions  or consents of a committee of the  Purchaser's  board of directors,
authorizing the execution,  delivery,  and performance of this Agreement.  As of
the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller a certificate
of the Secretary of the Purchaser  confirming that such  resolutions or consents
(in substantially the same form and substance as heretofore delivered) remain in
full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

          7.3.5  Documents.  The Purchaser  shall have  furnished the Seller and
Parent with each of the documents contemplated by Section 8.3 and 8.4.


                               VII.A. TERMINATION

          7A.1 Right to Terminate.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time
until completion of the Closing as follows:

               (a) by mutual consent of the Purchaser, Seller and Parent;

               (b) by the  Purchaser,  Seller or Parent if the Closing shall not
have  occurred on or before April 30, 1998 (the  "Outside  Date"),  but no party
shall be entitled to terminate  pursuant to this Section 7A.1(b) if its own acts
or failures to act should  delay the Closing  beyond the Outside  Date or if all
conditions to its obligation to consummate the Closing shall have been satisfied
at least five business days prior to the Outside Date;

               (c) by the  Purchaser  or the Seller,  respectively,  if it shall
have  discovered  that (x) any  representation  or warranty  made herein for its
benefit, or in any certificate, schedule or document furnished to it pursuant to
this  Agreement,  is  untrue  in  any  respect,   provided  that  such  untruth,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  constitutes a Material  Adverse Effect with
respect to the party making such representation, or (y) the Seller or the Parent
(in the case of a  termination  by Purchaser) or the Purchaser (in the case of a
termination by Seller or Parent) shall have defaulted in the  performance of any
material obligation under this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that in order to
terminate  this  Agreement  under this  Section  7A.1(c),  the party  seeking to
terminate this Agreement  shall give written notice of such breach or default to
the other  party and the other party shall fail to cure the breach or default by
the earlier of ten (10) days after receipt of such notice or the Outside Date;

               (d) by the  Purchaser  or  Seller  if it  shall  have  reasonably
determined  that a condition to its  obligation to consummate the Closing cannot
be satisfied; or

               (e) by the  Purchaser  or Seller to the extent that such party is
afforded the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Schedule
3.2(b).

          7A.2 Liability on Termination.  Upon any termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 7A.1,  the  provisions of this  Agreement  shall cease to be
effective  (except that the  provisions of this Section  7A.2,  Section 9.10 and
Article  XI  of  this  Agreement   shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect).
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  all arrangements  among the parties relating to
the subject of  confidentiality  shall  remain in full force and effect.  In the
event of any such termination,  no party shall have liability to any other party
hereto,  except that in the event of a termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Sections  7A.1(b),  7A.1(c) or 7A.1(d),  a breaching  party  hereunder  shall be
liable  to any  party  damaged  by such  breach  for  such  damages  as shall be
permitted by law.

          7A.3 Specific  Enforcement.  The parties hereto agree that irreparable
damage  would occur in the event that any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement
were not performed in accordance  with their  specific  terms or were  otherwise
breached.  It is  accordingly  agreed  that,  in addition to any other remedy to
which they are entitled at law or in equity, the parties hereto will be entitled
to an injunction or  injunctions  to prevent  breaches of this  Agreement and to
enforce  specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United
States or any state having  jurisdiction over the parties,  subject to the forum
selection provisions set forth in Section 11.18.


                            VII. CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS

     8.1 The Closing.  The  consummation  of the purchase and sale of the Assets
contemplated  hereby (the "Closing")  shall take place (i) on February 16, 1998,
or, if all  conditions to Closing have not been satisfied or waived by the fifth
business  day prior to February 16,  1998,  on the fifth  business day after all
conditions to Closing have been satisfied or waived,  or (ii) on such other date
as shall be mutually acceptable to Seller and Purchaser, at the offices of Weil,
Gotshal & Manges LLP, 100 Crescent Court, Suite 1300, Dallas,  Texas (or at such
other place as shall be acceptable to Seller and  Purchaser).  The date on which
the Closing is  consummated  is referred to in this  Agreement  as the  "Closing
Date." At the  Closing,  the parties  shall  execute  and deliver the  documents
referred to in this Article VIII.

     8.2 Documents to be Delivered by Seller and Parent. At the Closing,  Seller
and Parent will deliver to Purchaser,  as applicable,  the following,  in proper
form for recording when appropriate:

          (a) Transfer Documents. Patent and trademark assignments,  executed by
Seller, in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to Purchaser (which form
shall be  satisfactory  for filing with  appropriate  Governmental  Authorities)
(such assignments and the bill of sale and assumption  agreement  referred to in
Section 8.4 hereof being hereinafter referred to as "Transfer Documents").

          (b)  Certified  Resolutions.  Certified  resolutions  of the Boards of
Directors  (or  committees  thereof) of each of Parent and Seller  approving the
execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and  each of the  other  documents
delivered by Parent and Seller pursuant hereto and authorizing the  consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

          (c) Good Standing Certificates. Governmental certificates showing that
Seller  is  duly  incorporated  and  in  good  standing  in  the  state  of  its
incorporation  and in good standing in each state listed in Schedule 4.1 hereto,
certified as of a recent date.

          (d)  Officer's  Certificate.  A  certificate,  dated the Closing Date,
executed on behalf of Seller by an executive officer of Seller, certifying as to
the satisfaction of the conditions  precedent set forth in Sections 7.2.1, 7.2.2
and  7.2.3;  such  certificate  shall  be  in  form  and  substance   reasonably
satisfactory to Purchaser.

          (e) Intentionally omitted.

          (f) License Agreement.  An intellectual property,  license and support
agreement, dated the Closing Date, between Purchaser and Parent, in the form and
substance  of the  license  agreement  annexed  hereto as  Exhibit  8.2(f)  (the
"License Agreement"), duly executed by Parent.

          (g) Intentionally Omitted.

          (h) Patent License Agreement.  A patent license  agreement,  dated the
Closing Date, among Purchaser,  Parent and Seller, the form and substance of the
management  agreement  annexed  hereto as Exhibit  8.2(h) (the  "Patent  License
Agreement"), duly executed by Parent and Seller.

          (i) Transition  Services  Agreement.  A transition services agreement,
dated  the  Closing  Date,  among  Purchaser,  Parent  and  Seller,  in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to Purchaser,  Parent and Seller,  covering
services  to be  provided  among  the  parties  hereto  after the  Closing  (the
"Transition Services Agreement"), duly executed by Parent and Seller.

          (j) Other  Documents.  Such  additional  information  and materials as
Purchaser shall reasonably request.

     8.3 Documents to be Delivered by Purchaser. At the Closing,  Purchaser will
deliver to Seller:

          (a) Cash  Amount.  Payment to Seller in the amount of the Closing Date
Payment , by wire transfer in accordance with Section 3.2.

          (b) Good Standing Certificates. Governmental certificates showing that
Purchaser  is  duly  incorporated  and in  good  standing  in the  state  of its
incorporation certified as of a recent date.

          (c)  Officer's  Certificate.  A  certificate,  dated the Closing Date,
executed on behalf of Purchaser by an executive officer of Purchaser, certifying
as to the  satisfaction of the conditions  precedent set forth in Sections 7.3.1
and  7.3.2;  such  certificate  shall  be  in  form  and  substance   reasonably
satisfactory to Seller.

          (d) Transition  Documents.  The License Agreement,  the Patent License
Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Purchaser.

          (e) Intentionally Omitted.
 
          (f) Other  Documents.  Such  additional  information  and materials as
Seller shall reasonably request.

     8.4 Documents to be Delivered by Purchaser and Seller. At the Closing, each
of Purchaser and Seller shall  execute and deliver,  or cause to be executed and
delivered, to the other a general bill of sale and assumption agreement, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the parties hereto.


                           IX. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

     9.1 Covenant Not to Compete. Each of Parent and Seller agrees that from the
time that the  Closing is  consummated  pursuant to the terms  hereof  until the
fifth anniversary of the date hereof (the "Covenant  Termination Date"), each of
Parent and Seller will not, directly or indirectly,  anywhere in the world, own,
manage, operate, control or participate in the ownership,  management, operation
or control of any business, whether in corporate,  proprietorship or partnership
form or  otherwise,  engaged in the design,  manufacturing  or marketing of real
time operating  systems  software  products as stand-alone  products;  provided,
however, that this covenant against competition shall not apply to actions which
Seller is required to take with  existing  customers  of Seller with  respect to
Contracts  that  cannot be assigned  by Seller to  Purchaser.  In the event that
prior to the Covenant Termination Date, Parent is acquired by a third party in a
transaction  pursuant to which Parent survives as a separate and distinct entity
from such acquiring third party,  then this covenant against  competition  shall
continue to apply to Parent  until the Covenant  Termination  Date but shall not
apply to such  acquiring  third  party.  Each of  Parent  and  Seller  severally
acknowledge that the geographic  boundaries and the term and scope of prohibited
activities  contained  in this  Section 9.1 are  reasonable  and no broader than
necessary to protect the  investment  by Purchaser in the Assets being  acquired
pursuant to this Agreement and will not impose any unreasonable  burden upon any
of  Parent,   Seller  or  their  respective   Affiliates.   The  parties  hereto
specifically  acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach of the
foregoing will be inadequate  and that the  Purchaser,  in addition to any other
relief available to it, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent  injunctive
relief  without  the  necessity  of proving  actual  damage or posting  any bond
whatsoever.  In the event that the provisions of this Section 9.1 should ever be
deemed to exceed the  limitations  provided by applicable  law, then the parties
hereto  agree that such  provisions  shall be  reformed to set forth the maximum
limitations permitted.

     9.2  Confidentiality.  Each of Parent  and  Seller  agrees  that  after the
Closing it will not disclose,  reveal,  divulge or  communicate to any person or
entity other than authorized officers,  directors and employees of Purchaser, or
use or otherwise  exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other
than Purchaser,  any Confidential Information (as defined below). Each of Parent
and Seller shall not have any obligation to keep  confidential  any Confidential
Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically  required by
law; provided,  however,  that in the event disclosure is required by applicable
law, each of Parent and Seller shall, to the extent reasonably possible, provide
Purchaser with prompt notice of such requirement  prior to making any disclosure
so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order. For purposes of this
Section 9.2, "Confidential  Information" shall mean any confidential information
with  respect to the  conduct or details  of the  Business,  including,  without
limitation,  methods of  operation,  customers  and  customer  lists,  products,
proposed products, former products,  proposed, pending or completed acquisitions
of any company,  division,  product line or other business unit,  prices,  fees,
costs,  plans,  designs,   technology,   inventions,  Trade  Secrets,  Know-How,
Software, marketing methods, policies, plans, personnel, suppliers, competitors,
markets or other  specialized  information  or  proprietary  matters;  provided,
however,  that the term  Confidential  Information  does not include,  and there
shall be no  obligation  hereunder  with  respect  to,  information  that (a) is
generally  available  to the public on the date of this  Agreement,  (b) becomes
generally  available  to the public  other than as a result of a  disclosure  by
Seller or Parent  not  otherwise  permissible  hereunder,  (c) is  independently
developed by Seller as established by documentary evidence, or (d) Seller learns
from other  sources where such sources have not violated  their  confidentiality
obligation to Purchaser.  The parties hereto specifically  acknowledge and agree
that the remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing  will be  inadequate  and
that  Purchaser,  in  addition to any other  relief  available  to it,  shall be
entitled to temporary and permanent  injunctive  relief without the necessity of
proving actual damage or posting any bond whatsoever.

     9.3  Discharge of Business  Obligations.  From and after the Closing  Date,
Seller shall pay and  discharge,  in accordance  with past practice but not less
than on a timely basis, all Retained Liabilities in respect of the Business, its
operations or the assets and properties used therein. From and after the Closing
Date,  Purchaser  shall pay and discharge,  in the ordinary  course but not less
than on a timely basis, the Assumed Liabilities.

     9.4 Maintenance of Books and Records.  Each of Parent, Seller and Purchaser
shall preserve,  from and after the Closing Date until the sixth  anniversary of
the  Closing  Date,  all  records  possessed  or to be  possessed  by such party
relating to any of the assets,  liabilities or business of the Business prior to
the Closing Date. After the Closing Date,  where there is a legitimate  purpose,
such party shall  provide the other parties with access,  upon prior  reasonable
written request specifying the need therefor,  during regular business hours, to
(i) the officers  and  employees of such party and (ii) the books of account and
records of such  party,  but, in each case,  only to the extent  relating to the
assets,  liabilities  or business of the Business prior to the Closing Date, and
the other parties and their  representatives shall have the right to make copies
of such books and records; provided, however, that the foregoing right of access
shall not be exercisable in such a manner as to interfere  unreasonably with the
normal  operations and business of such party;  and further provided that, as to
such portion of such  information as constitutes  trade secrets or  confidential
business  information  of such party,  the  requesting  party and its  officers,
directors and representatives will use due care to not disclose such information
except  (i) as  required  by law,  (ii) with the prior  written  consent of such
party,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  or (iii) where such
information  becomes  available to the public  generally,  or becomes  generally
known to  competitors of such party,  through  sources other than the requesting
party,  its  Affiliates  or its  officers,  directors or  representatives.  Such
records  may  nevertheless  be  destroyed  by a party if such party sends to the
other parties written notice of its intent to destroy  records,  specifying with
particularity the contents of the records to be destroyed. Such records may then
be destroyed  after the 30th day after such notice is given unless another party
objects  to the  destruction,  in which case the party  seeking  to destroy  the
records shall deliver such records to the objecting party.

     9.5 Payments Received.  Parent,  Seller and Purchaser each agree that after
the Closing they will hold and will promptly  transfer and deliver to the other,
from  time  to time  as and  when  received  by  them,  any  cash,  checks  with
appropriate  endorsements  (using their  reasonable  efforts not to convert such
checks  into  cash),  or other  property  that they may  receive on or after the
Closing which properly belongs to the other party,  including without limitation
any  insurance  proceeds,  and will account to the other for all such  receipts.
From and after the  Closing,  Purchaser  shall have the right and  authority  to
endorse without recourse the name of Seller on each check or any other evidences
of indebtedness  received by Purchaser on account of the Business and the Assets
transferred to Purchaser hereunder.

     9.6 Post-Closing  Notifications.  Purchaser,  Parent and Seller will comply
with any  post-Closing  notification or other  requirements,  to the extent then
applicable to such party,  of any antitrust,  trade  competition,  investment or
control,  export or other law of any Governmental  Authority having jurisdiction
over Seller.

     9.7 Certain Tax Matters. All sales, use, transfer, stamp, conveyance, value
added or other similar taxes, duties, excises or governmental charges imposed by
any taxing jurisdiction,  domestic or foreign, and all recording or filing fees,
notarial fees and other similar costs of Closing with respect to the transfer of
the  Assets or  otherwise  on  account  of this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated hereby will be borne by Purchaser.

     9.8 Insurance.  With respect to any loss,  liability or damage relating to,
resulting  from or arising out of the conduct of the Business on or prior to the
Closing  Date for which  Seller would be entitled to assert a claim for recovery
under any  policy of  insurance  maintained  by or for the  benefit of Seller in
respect of the Business or the Assets,  at the request and expense of Purchaser,
Seller will, after the Closing,  use reasonable  efforts to assert, or to assist
Purchaser to assert, one or more claims under such insurance covering such loss,
liability or damage if Purchaser is not itself entitled to assert such claim but
Seller is so entitled.

     9.9 Use of Name.  From and after  thirty  (30) days  following  the Closing
Date,  Parent and Seller will sign such  consents  and take such other action as
Purchaser shall reasonably  request in order to permit Purchaser to use the name
"Spectron  Microsystems  Incorporated" and variants thereof.  From and after the
Closing  Date,  Seller  will  not  itself  use the  name  Spectron  Microsystems
Incorporated" or any derivative or variants thereof and shall promptly amend its
articles of incorporation to remove such reference.

     9.10  Non-Solicitation/No-Hire.  For a term of two years  after the Closing
Date,  neither Parent nor Seller nor their  representatives on their behalf will
directly  solicit any of Seller's  employees  hired by  Purchaser  (unless  such
employees  are no longer  employed by Purchaser)  and neither  Purchaser nor its
representatives  on its behalf will directly  solicit any of Seller's  employees
not hired by Purchaser as of the Closing  Date  (unless  such  employees  are no
longer  employed  by  Seller).  For a term of one year after the  Closing  Date,
neither Parent nor Seller nor their  representatives  on their behalf will offer
employment  to any of the Seller's  employees  hired by  Purchaser  (unless such
employees are no longer employed by Purchaser). In the event that this Agreement
is  terminated  for any reason,  for a term of two years  after the  termination
date,  neither  Purchaser  nor its  representatives  on its behalf will directly
solicit  any of  Seller's  employees  and  for a  term  of one  year  after  the
termination date,  neither Purchaser nor its  representatives on its behalf will
offer employment to any of Seller's employees (unless, in either such case, such
employees are no longer employed by Seller).

                         X. SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

     10.1 Survival of Representations,  Warranties and CovenantsX.1  Survival of
Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

          (a) Except as to (i) the representations  and warranties  contained in
Section 4.18  relating to title to the Assets,  which shall  survive the Closing
and  remain in effect  indefinitely,  (ii) the  representations  and  warranties
contained  in  Section   4.17   relating  to   environmental   matters  and  the
representations  and warranties  contained in Sections 4.13 and 4.14 relating to
employees and employee benefit plans,  which shall survive the Closing until the
expiration  of the  statute of  limitations  applicable  thereto,  and (iii) the
representations  and  warranties  contained in Section  4.19  relating to Taxes,
which shall  survive the Closing  until the  expiration of the last day on which
any Tax may be validly  assessed by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or any other
Governmental  Authority against the Assets or the Business,  the representations
and warranties of Seller, Parent and Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in
any Transfer  Document  shall  survive the Closing  until the  expiration of two
years from the Closing Date. Any claim for an Indemnifiable  Loss (as defined in
Section 10.2) asserted within such period of survival as herein provided will be
timely made for purposes hereof.

          (b) Unless a specified period is set forth in this Agreement (in which
event such specified period will control),  the covenants in this Agreement will
survive the Closing and remain in effect indefinitely.

     10.2 Limitations on Liability.

          (a) For purposes of this Agreement,  (i) "Indemnity Payment" means any
amount of  Indemnifiable  Losses required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement,
(ii) "Indemnitee" means any person or entity entitled to  indemnification  under
this Agreement,  (iii) "Indemnifying  Party" means any person or entity required
to provide  indemnification  under this Agreement,  (iv) "Indemnifiable  Losses"
means any and all damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, costs and expenses,
and any and all  claims,  demands or suits (by any person or entity,  including,
without limitation, any Governmental Authority),  including, without limitation,
the costs and  expenses of any and all  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  demands,
assessments,   judgments,  settlements  and  compromises  relating  thereto  and
including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses in connection  therewith and
(v) "Third Party Claim" means any claim, action or proceeding made or brought by
any  person  or  entity  who or  which is not a party  to this  Agreement  or an
Affiliate of a party to this Agreement.

          (b)  Notwithstanding  any other provision  hereof or of any applicable
law, (i) no Indemnitee  will be entitled to make a claim against an Indemnifying
Party in respect of any breach of a  representation  or warranty (other than the
representations  and  warranties  contained in Section 4.18 relating to title to
the  Assets)  under  Sections  10.3(a)(i)  or  10.3(b)(i)  unless  and until the
aggregate  amount  of claims in  respect  of  breaches  of  representations  and
warranties  asserted for  Indemnifiable  Losses under Section  10.3(a)(i),  with
respect to claims by Purchaser, or Section 10.3(b)(i), with respect to claims by
Seller, exceeds $400,000, in which event the Indemnitee will be entitled to make
a claim against the Indemnifying Party to the extent the amount of Indemnifiable
Losses exceeds  $400,000;  and (ii) no Indemnitee  shall be liable for Indemnity
Payments in respect of breaches of  representations  or warranties  asserted for
Indemnifiable Losses under Sections 10.3(a)(i) or 10.3(b)(i),  as applicable, to
the extent such aggregate  Indemnity Payments by such Indemnifying Party exceeds
the Closing Date Payment.

          (c) An Indemnity Payment shall subsequently be reduced by a payment by
the Indemnitee to the Indemnifying Party in an amount equal to any net reduction
in  liability  for Taxes  that is  actually  realized  or,  at the  Indemnitee's
election,  could be realized  by an  Indemnitee  with  respect to the payment or
accrual of an  Indemnifiable  Loss and by any net proceeds of  insurance  claims
that are  actually  received  by an  Indemnitee  with  respect to the payment or
accrual of an Indemnifiable Loss; provided,  however, that in the event a taxing
authority  disallows in whole or in part such net  reduction  in  liability  for
Taxes, an  Indemnifying  Party shall promptly repay to the Indemnitee the amount
of such increase in Taxes.


     10.3 Indemnification.

          (a)  Subject to  Sections  10.1 and 10.2,  from and after the  Closing
Date, Parent and Seller agree, jointly and severally,  to indemnify,  defend and
hold  harmless  Purchaser and its  Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,
officers,  partners,  employees, agents and representatives from and against any
and all  Indemnifiable  Losses to the  extent  relating  to,  resulting  from or
arising out of:

               (i) any  misrepresentation  or breach of  warranty on the part of
     Parent and Seller under the terms of this Agreement, the License Agreement,
     the Patent License Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement;

               (ii) any  nonfulfillment of any agreement or covenant on the part
     of  Parent  and  Seller  under  the terms of this  Agreement,  the  License
     Agreement,  the  Patent  License  Agreement  and  the  Transition  Services
     Agreement;

               (iii) any Retained Liabilities;

               (iv) any failure to comply with any "bulk sales" laws  applicable
     to the transactions contemplated hereby; and

               (v) the conduct of the Business or any portion thereof or the use
     or  ownership  of any of the Assets  prior to or on the Closing Date (other
     than the Assumed  Liabilities),  including without limitation the breach of
     any Contract by Seller prior to the Closing.

          (b)  Subject to  Sections  10.1 and 10.2,  from and after the  Closing
Date,  Purchaser  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold harmless  Seller and its
Affiliates,  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  partners,  employees,
agents and representatives  from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses to
the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of:

               (i) any  misrepresentation  or breach of  warranty on the part of
     Purchaser under the terms of this  Agreement,  the License  Agreement,  the
     Patent License Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement;

               (ii) any  nonfulfillment of any agreement or covenant on the part
     of Purchaser under the terms of this Agreement,  the License Agreement, the
     Patent License Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement;

               (iii) any Assumed Liabilities;

               (iv) the conduct of the Business or any portion thereof or use or
     ownership  of any of the Assets  after the Closing  Date(including  without
     limitation the breach of any Contract by Purchaser after the Closing); and

               (v)  any  liability  that  may  arise  as a  result  of  Seller's
     delivering employment records and files to Purchaser.

     10.4 Defense of Claims.

          (a) If any Indemnitee  receives notice of assertion or commencement of
any  Third  Party  Claim  against  such  Indemnitee  with  respect  to  which an
Indemnifying Party is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement,
the  Indemnitee  will give such  Indemnifying  Party  reasonably  prompt written
notice  thereof,  but in any event not later than 15 calendar days after receipt
of such notice of such Third Party  Claim.  Such notice will  describe the Third
Party Claim in reasonable  detail,  will include copies of all material  written
evidence  thereof  and  will  indicate  the  estimated   amount,  if  reasonably
practicable,  of the Indemnifiable Loss that has been or may be sustained by the
Indemnitee.  The Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in or, by
giving  written  notice to the  Indemnitee,  to assume the  defense of any Third
Party Claim at such  Indemnifying  Party's own expense and by such  Indemnifying
Party's own counsel  (provided that such counsel is reasonably  satisfactory  to
the  Indemnitee),  and the  Indemnitee  will  cooperate  in good  faith  in such
defense.

          (b) If,  within 10 calendar  days after giving notice of a Third Party
Claim to an  Indemnifying  Party  pursuant  to Section  10.4(a),  an  Indemnitee
receives written notice from the Indemnifying  Party that the Indemnifying Party
has  elected to assume the  defense of such Third Party Claim as provided in the
last sentence of Section 10.4(a),  the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for
any legal expenses  subsequently  incurred by the Indemnitee in connection  with
the defense thereof; provided,  however, that if the Indemnifying Party fails to
take  reasonable  steps  necessary to defend  diligently  such Third Party Claim
within 10 calendar days after receiving  written notice from the Indemnitee that
the Indemnitee believes the Indemnifying Party has failed to take such steps, or
if the  Indemnifying  Party has not undertaken fully to indemnify the Indemnitee
in respect of all  Indemnifiable  Losses relating to the matter,  the Indemnitee
may assume its own defense,  and the  Indemnifying  Party will be liable for all
reasonable costs or expenses paid or incurred in connection  therewith.  Without
the prior written consent of the  Indemnitee,  the  Indemnifying  Party will not
enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim which would lead to liability
or create any financial or other  obligation on the part of the  Indemnitee  for
which the  Indemnitee is not entitled to  indemnification  hereunder.  If a firm
offer is made to settle a Third Party Claim without  leading to liability or the
creation of a financial or other  obligation on the part of the  Indemnitee  for
which the  Indemnitee  is not  entitled  to  indemnification  hereunder  and the
Indemnifying  Party desires to accept and agree to such offer,  the Indemnifying
Party  will  give  written  notice  to the  Indemnitee  to that  effect.  If the
Indemnitee fails to consent to such firm offer within 10 calendar days after its
receipt of such notice,  the  Indemnitee  may continue to contest or defend such
Third Party Claim and, in such event, the maximum  liability of the Indemnifying
Party as to such Third Party Claim will not exceed the amount of such settlement
offer,  plus costs and expenses paid or incurred by the  Indemnitee  through the
end of such 10 calendar day period.

          (c) A failure  to give  timely  notice  or to  include  any  specified
information  in any notice as provided in Sections  10.4(a) or 10.4(b)  will not
affect the rights or obligations of any party  hereunder  except and only to the
extent  that,  as a result of such  failure,  any party  which was  entitled  to
receive such notice was  deprived of its right to recover any payment  under its
applicable  insurance  coverage  or was  otherwise  damaged  as a result of such
failure.

          (d) The  Indemnifying  Party  will have a period of 30  calendar  days
within which to respond in writing to any claim by an  Indemnitee  on account of
an Indemnifiable  Loss which does not result from a Third Party Claim (a "Direct
Claim").  If the Indemnifying  Party does not so respond within such 30 calendar
day period,  the Indemnifying  Party will be deemed to have rejected such claim,
in which event the  Indemnitee  will be free to pursue  such  remedies as may be
available to the  Indemnitee on the terms and subject to the  provisions of this
Article X.

          (e) If the amount of any Indemnifiable Loss, at any time subsequent to
the  making of an  Indemnity  Payment,  is reduced by  recovery,  settlement  or
otherwise under or pursuant to any insurance coverage, or pursuant to any claim,
recovery,  settlement or payment by or against any other  entity,  the amount of
such  reduction,  less  any  costs,  expenses,  premiums  or taxes  incurred  in
connection  therewith  (together with interest  thereon from the date of payment
thereof at the  annualized  rate of interest equal to the "prime" or "reference"
rate of interest as publicly announced by Chemical Bank, N.A. and in effect from
time to time during the relevant  period,  calculated on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed over 365) will  promptly be repaid by the  Indemnitee  to
the Indemnifying Party. Upon making any Indemnity Payment the Indemnifying Party
will, to the extent of such  Indemnity  Payment,  be subrogated to all rights of
the  Indemnitee  against  any  third  party  that  is  not an  Affiliate  of the
Indemnitee in respect of the  Indemnifiable  Loss to which the Indemnity Payment
related;  provided,  however,  that (i) the Indemnifying  Party shall then be in
compliance  with  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  in  respect  of such
Indemnifiable  Loss, and (ii) until the Indemnitee recovers fully payment of its
Indemnifiable  Loss,  any and all claims of the  Indemnifying  Party against any
such third party on account of said  Indemnity  Payment will be  subrogated  and
subordinated in right of payment to the  Indemnitee's  rights against such third
party.  Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof,
each such Indemnitee and  Indemnifying  Party will duly execute upon request all
instruments  reasonably  necessary to evidence  and perfect the above  described
subrogation and subordination rights.

     10.5 Tax Consequences of Indemnity Payment. Any Indemnity Payment hereunder
shall be treated on the  respective  tax returns of Seller and  Purchaser  as an
adjustment  to the  Purchase  Price.  In the event  that,  notwithstanding  such
treatment,  any Indemnity  Payment is determined to be taxable to the Purchaser,
then  Seller and Parent  shall  indemnify  Purchaser  for any  additional  Taxes
payable by  Purchaser  by reason of the  receipt  or  accrual of such  Indemnity
Payment (including any payment made pursuant to this Section 10.5).

                          XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     11.1 Notices.  All notices and other  communications  required or permitted
hereunder will be in writing and, unless  otherwise  provided in this Agreement,
will be  deemed  to have  been  duly  given  when  delivered  in  person or when
dispatched  by  electronic  facsimile  transfer  (confirmed  in  writing by mail
simultaneously dispatched) or one business day after having been dispatched by a
nationally  recognized overnight courier service to the appropriate party at the
address specified below:

                  (a)      If to Seller, to:
                           Dialogic Corporation
                           1515 Route 10
                           Parsippany, New Jersey
                           Attention: Thomas Amato
                           Facsimile No.: 973-993-3060

                           with a copy to:

                           Theodore M. Weitz, Esq.
                           Vice President and General Counsel
                           Dialogic Corporation
                           1515 Route 10
                           Parsippany, New Jersey
                           Facsimile No.: 973-993-3060
 
                  (b)      If to Purchaser, to:

                           Texas Instruments Incorporated
                           7839 Churchill Way
                           Dallas, Texas  75251
                           P.O. Box 650311, M/S 3995
                           Dallas, Texas  75265
                           Facsimile No. (972) 917-3804
                           Attention:  Charles D. Tobin

                           with a copy to:

                           Texas Instruments Incorporated
                           8505 Forest Lane
                           Dallas, Texas  75243
                           P.O. Box 660199, M/S 8658
                           Dallas, Texas  75266-0199
                           Facsimile No. (972) 480-5061
                           Attention:  Richard J. Agnich, Esq.

or to such other  address or  addresses  as any such party may from time to time
designate as to itself by like notice.

     11.2 Expenses.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  each party
hereto will pay any expenses  incurred by it incident to this  Agreement  and in
preparing to consummate and consummating  the transactions  provided for herein.
Parent shall bear all of the attorneys'  fees and  disbursements  of the counsel
for Seller and Parent in the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

     11.3  Successors and Assigns.  Except as otherwise  provided in Section 9.1
hereof,  this  Agreement  will be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective  successors and permitted assigns,  but will
not be assignable or delegable by any party without the prior written consent of
the other party;  provided,  however, that upon notice to Seller,  Purchaser may
assign or delegate any or all of its rights or obligations  under this Agreement
to any Affiliate  thereof  (provided that Purchaser  expressly  agrees to remain
liable  hereunder on terms  reasonably  satisfactory to Seller) or to any Person
that directly or indirectly  acquires,  after the Closing,  all or substantially
all of the  assets or  voting  stock of  Purchaser  (provided  that such  Person
expressly  agrees to assume all of  Purchaser's  obligations  hereunder on terms
reasonably satisfactory to Seller).

     11.4 Waiver. Purchaser may, by written notice to Seller, and Seller may, by
written notice to Purchaser,  (a) extend the time for  performance of any of the
obligations of the other party under this Agreement,  (b) waive any inaccuracies
in the  representations  or  warranties  of the other  party  contained  in this
Agreement,  (c) waive  compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the
other party contained in this Agreement,  or (d) waive or modify  performance of
any of the  obligations  of the other  party  under  this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that no such party may, without the prior written consent of the other
parties,  make or grant  such  extension  of time,  waiver  of  inaccuracies  or
compliance or waiver or modification of performance  with respect to its (or any
of  its  Affiliates')  representations,   warranties,  conditions  or  covenants
hereunder.  Except as provided in the immediately  preceding sentence, no action
taken  pursuant  to this  Agreement  will be  deemed to  constitute  a waiver of
compliance  with  any  representations,   warranties,  conditions  or  covenants
contained in this  Agreement and will not operate or be construed as a waiver of
any subsequent breach, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature.

     11.5 Entire Agreement;  Disclosure Schedules This Agreement (which includes
the  Schedules  and Exhibits  hereto and the Letter,  as such term is defined in
Schedule 3.2(b) hereto),  the confidentiality  agreement executed by the parties
hereto on August  29,  1997 and any other  side  letter  executed  by Seller and
Purchaser as of the date hereof  relating to this Agreement  supersede any other
agreement,  whether  written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by
any party or any of their respective Affiliates (or by any director,  officer or
representative   thereof)  relating  to  the  matters  contemplated  hereby  and
constitutes  the  entire  agreement  by and among  the  parties  hereto.  Unless
otherwise specified, references to "Schedules" herein refer to the corresponding
schedule set forth in the disclosure Schedules attached hereto.

     11.6  Amendments,  Supplements,  Etc.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  or
supplemented  at any time by  additional  written  agreements as may mutually be
determined  by  Purchaser,  Parent  and  Seller to be  necessary,  desirable  or
expedient to further the purposes of this  Agreement or to clarify the intention
of the parties.

     11.7 Rights of the Parties. Nothing express or implied in this Agreement is
intended or will be  construed  to confer upon or give any Person other than the
parties hereto and their Affiliates any rights or remedies under or by reason of
this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

     11.8 Further AssurancesXI.8 Further Assurances. From time to time after the
Closing,  as and when  requested  by any party  hereto,  the other  parties will
execute and deliver,  or cause to be executed and delivered,  all such documents
and  instruments as may be reasonably  necessary to consummate the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     11.9  Applicable  Law This  Agreement  and the  legal  relations  among the
parties  hereto will be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the rules
and substantive  laws of the State of Texas,  United States of America,  without
regard to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

     11.10  Execution  in  CounterpartsXI.10  Execution  in  Counterparts.  This
Agreement  may be  executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of which will be
deemed an original,  but all of which together will  constitute one and the same
agreement.

     11.11 Titles and HeadingsXI.11 Titles and Headings.  Titles and headings to
Sections  herein are inserted for  convenience  of reference  only,  and are not
intended  to be a part of or to affect  the  meaning or  interpretation  of this
Agreement.

     11.12 Invalid ProvisionsXI.12 Invalid Provisions.  If any provision of this
Agreement is held to be illegal,  invalid, or unenforceable under any present or
future law, and if the rights or  obligations  under this Agreement of Seller on
the one hand  and  Purchaser  on the  other  hand  will  not be  materially  and
adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable; (b) this
Agreement  will be  construed  and  enforced  as if such  illegal,  invalid,  or
unenforceable  provision  had never  comprised a part hereof;  (c) the remaining
provisions of this  Agreement  will remain in full force and effect and will not
be  affected by the  illegal,  invalid,  or  unenforceable  provision  or by its
severance  from this  Agreement;  and (d) in lieu of such illegal,  invalid,  or
unenforceable  provision,  there will be added  automatically  as a part of this
Agreement a legal, valid, and enforceable  provision as similar in terms to such
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

     11.13 Bulk Sales. Purchaser waives compliance by Seller with the provisions
of the so-called bulk sales laws of any jurisdiction;  provided,  however,  that
Seller will indemnify,  defend and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates in
respect of any Indemnifiable  Loss relating to, resulting from or arising out of
Seller's failure so to comply with such laws in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     11.14  Transfers.  After the  Closing,  Purchaser,  Parent and Seller  will
cooperate  and take such action as may be  reasonably  requested by the other in
order to effect an  orderly  transfer  of the  Assets  and the  Business  with a
minimum of disruption to the operations and employees of Purchaser and Seller.

     11.15  Passage of Title and Risk of Loss Legal title,  equitable  title and
risk of loss with  respect to the Assets will not pass to  Purchaser  until such
Assets are  transferred at the Closing,  which  transfer,  once it has occurred,
will be deemed effective for tax, accounting and other computational purposes as
of 11:59 P.M. (Central Time) on the Closing Date.

     11.16 Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement,  an event or
matter shall be deemed to have a "Material  Adverse Effect" upon a party if such
event or matter had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse
effect  on (a) the  consolidated  or,  in the  case of  Seller,  unconsolidated,
results of  operations  or financial  condition or total assets of such party or
(b) the  ability  of  Purchaser  to  conduct  the  Business  after the  Closing;
provided,  however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, an event or matter shall
not be deemed to have a "Material Adverse Effect" upon Seller if either (x) such
event or matter has a  substantially  similar impact upon Seller's  business and
other  businesses  in Seller's  industry or (y) such event or matter  involves a
loss of one or more customers as a result of the fact that Purchaser, Seller and
Parent have executed this  Agreement  and plan to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated hereby.
 
     11.17 Knowledge. Parent and Seller shall be deemed to have "Knowledge" of a
matter or event if, and only if, such matter or event is actually  known,  after
reasonable  inquiry  under  the  circumstances  (it being  understood  that such
inquiry shall not require any Person to access any information that appears on a
database that is not maintained by Seller),  by either  Charles  House,  Michael
Stein,  Robert Frankel,  David Russo,  Michael  Mercadante,  Howard Bubb, Thomas
Amato,  Theodore Weitz (but, as to Mr. Weitz,  only with respect to matters that
may be disclosed by Mr. Weitz without breaching any privilege or confidentiality
obligation  owed by Mr.  Weitz  to  Seller,  Parent  or their  Affiliates),  Ken
Cardinal  (but, as to Ken Cardinal,  only with respect to matters  pertaining to
employment benefits and other employment  matters),  Ray Wagstaff,  Robert Howry
(but, as to Messrs.  Wagstaff and Howry, only with respect to matters pertaining
to sales and  marketing),  Mark Grossen or Jeffrey  Kaplan  (but,  as to Messrs.
Grossen and Kaplan,  only with  respect to matters  pertaining  to  Intellectual
Property  and,  as to Mr.  Kaplan,  only with  respect  to  matters  that may be
disclosed by Mr.  Kaplan  without  breaching  any  privilege or  confidentiality
obligation owed by Mr. Kaplan to Seller, Parent or their Affiliates).

     11.18  Forum.  IN  THE  EVENT  THAT  PURCHASER  ELECTS  TO  COMMENCE  LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS  HEREUNDER AGAINST SELLER OR PARENT, SUCH ACTION SHALL BE BROUGHT IN
A STATE COURT OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN OR COVERING MORRIS COUNTY, NEW JERSEY.
IN THE EVENT THAT SELLER OR PARENT ELECT TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS HEREUNDER
AGAINST  PURCHASER,  SUCH  ACTION  SHALL BE BROUGHT IN A STATE  COURT OR FEDERAL
COURT SITTING IN DALLAS COUNTY, TEXAS.

              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                            TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED


                                            By:/s/_________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                            DIALOGIC CORPORATION


                                            By:/s/_________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                            SPECTRON MICROSYSTEMS, INCORPORATED


                                            By:/s/_________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page

                                      (XLV)

                              LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

Affiliate...........................................................Section 4.21
Agreement............................................................   Preamble
Assets.............................................................. Section 1.1
Assumed Liabilities................................................. Section 2.1
Business   Recitals
Closing Date Payment..............................................Section 3.2(a)
Closing Date........................................................ Section 8.1
Closing..............................................................Section 8.1
Code............................................................ Section 4.14(a)
Commercial Owned Software....................................... Section 4.10(c)
Confidential Information............................................ Section 9.2
Confidential Software............................................Section 4.11(b)
Contracts.........................................................Section 1.1(c)
Direct Claim.................................................... Section 10.4(d)
Documentation................................................... Section 4.10(c)
Employee Plans..................................................... Section 4.13
Employee Plans...................................................Section 4.14(a)
Employment Term Sheets..............................................Section 6.11
Environmental Costs and Liabilities............................. Section 4.17(b)
Environmental Law............................................... Section 4.17(b)
ERISA........................................................... Section 4.12(d)
Financial Statements................................................ Section 4.6
GAAP................................................................ Section 4.6
Goods Contracts............................................... Section 4.8(a)(2)
Governmental Approval............................................... Section 4.4
Governmental Authority........................................... Section 1.3(a)
Hazardous Material.............................................. Section 4.17(b)
HSR Act............................................................. Section 4.4
Indemnifiable Losses............................................... Section 10.2
Indemnifying Party................................................. Section 10.2
Indemnitee......................................................... Section 10.2
Indemnity Payment.................................................. Section 10.2
Intellectual Property............................................ Section 1.1(f)
Interim Balance Sheet Date.........................................  Section 4.6
Know-How......................................................... Section 1.1(f)
Knowledge........................................................ Section 11.17
liabilities......................................................... Section 4.7
License Agreement................................................ Section 8.2(f)
Liens............................................................... Section 1.1
Patent License Agreement......................................... Section 8.2(h)
Material Adverse Effect............................................. Section 4.1
Material Adverse Effect........................................... Section 11.16
Not-Owned IP..................................................... Section 4.9(b)
Not-Owned Software.............................................. Section 4.10(b)
November Balance Sheet.............................................. Section 4.6
Obligations........................................................  Section 4.7
Opinion of Seller's counsel...................................... Section 8.2(e)
Outside Date........................................................ Section7A.1
Owned IP......................................................... Section 4.9(a)
Owned Software...................................................Section 4.10(a)
Parent ................................................................ Preamble
Pension Plans................................................... Section 4.13(a)
Pension Plans................................................... Section 4.14(a)
Permits.........................................................  Section 1.1(h)
Permitted Actions...........................................Section 6.6(a)(i)(C)
Permitted Liens.................................................... Section 4.18
Person.............................................................. Section 4.4
Products............................................................... Recitals
Purchase Price...................................................... Section 3.1
Purchaser Ancillary Documents....................................... Section 5.2
Purchaser.............................................................  Preamble
Real Property Leases............................................. Section 1.1(g)
Real Property.....................................................Section 1.1(g)
Registered Owned IP...............................................Section 4.9(a)
Retained Liabilities................................................ Section 2.2
Seller Ancillary Documents.......................................... Section 4.2
Seller................................................................. Preamble
Service Contracts............................................. Section 4.8(a)(2)
Software......................................................... Section 1.1(f)
Tax Returns..................................................... Section 4.19(h)
Tax ............................................................ Section 4.19(h)
Taxes........................................................... Section 4.19(h)
Third Party Claim.................................................. Section 10.2
TI..................................................................... Preamble
Trade Secrets.................................................... Section 1.1(f)
Transaction......................................................... Section 7.1
Transfer Documents............................................... Section 8.2(a)
Transferred Employees........................................... Section 6.12(a)
Transition Services Agreement.................................... Section 8.2(i)
Works of Authorship.............................................. Section 1.1(f)

<PAGE>




                              EXHIBIT 11.1

                              DIALOGIC CORPORATION
                      CALCULATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
                    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                    Twelve months ended
                                                       December 31,

                                              1997         1996           1995

Basic Earnings
Income applicable to shares used in
     calculation of net income per share  $   21,752    $  25,548    $  16,302
                                           =========     ========      =======
Shares used in calculation of net income 
      per share:
Weighted   average  shares  outstanding       15,931       15,654       15,340
                                             =======       ======       ======
Net  income  per share                    $     1.37    $    1.63    $    1.06
                                           =========     ========     ========
Diluted Earnings
Income applicable to shares used in
   calculation or net income per share    $   21,752    $  25,548    $  16,302
                                           =========     ========     ========
Shares used in calculation of net income
    per share:
Weighted  average shares outstanding          15,931       15,654       15,340
Dilutive effect of stock options after 
     application of treasury
     stock method                                667          763          699
                                             -------       ------       ------
Number of shares in calculation of net 
     income per share                         16,598       16,417       16,039
                                             =======       ======       ======
Net income per share                      $     1.31    $    1.56     $   1.02
                                           =========     ========      ========



The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction
with  the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and the  Notes to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  All  financial  information  presented for
periods  prior to the 1994  acquisition  of  GammaLink  by  Dialogic  have  been
retroactively  adjusted in order to account for that transaction as a pooling of
interests.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  EXHIBIT 13.1

           INCORPORATED PORTIONS OF THE ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

Amounts in thousands,  except per share data
<S>                  <C>                <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>           <C> 
Year ended December  31,                1997       1996            1995        1994          1993
Statement  of Income  Data:   
Revenues                              $261,310   $213,604        $168,652   $127,235      $ 95,613
Cost  of goods sold                     98,329     84,764          66,829     50,841        38,151
                                       -------    -------         -------    -------        ------
Gross  profit                          162,981    128,840         101,823     76,394        57,462
Research and development expense        51,530     40,666          29,045     21,650        16,687
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses                              78,107     59,666          47,617     34,646        27,409
Amortization of goodwill                   991        386              56       -              -
                                       -------    -------         -------    -------        ------
Operating income                        32,353     28,122          25,105     20,098        13,366
Merger costs                                -          -            1,294       -              -
Interest (expense) income - net          1,637      2,440           2,036      1,214            75
Net  realized  (losses) gains on 
  available for sale securities            (4)      9,175             309        (15)          -
                                       -------    -------         -------    -------        ------
Income before provision for income
  taxes                                 33,986     39,737          26,156     21,297        13,441
Provision  for income taxes             12,234     14,189           9,854      5,408         1,317
                                       -------    -------         -------    -------        ------
Net income                            $ 21,752   $ 25,548        $ 16,302   $ 15,889      $ 12,124
Income per share:   
     Basic                            $   1.37   $   1.63        $   1.06  
     Diluted                          $   1.31   $   1.56        $   1.02  
                                       -------    -------         -------    -------        ------
Shares used in the calculation of pro 
  forma  income  per share:
     Basic                              15,931     15,654          15,340
     Diluted                            16,598     16,417          16,039

Pro Forma Data:(1)
Income  before provision for income
  taxes as  reported                                                         $21,297      $ 13,441
Provision  for income taxes                                                    7,689         4,986
Net income                                                                   $13,608      $  8,455
Income per share:   
     Basic                                                                   $   .99      $    .85
     Diluted                                                                 $   .94      $    .69
Shares used in the calculation of pro 
  forma income per share:
     Basic                                                                    13,774           9,996
     Diluted                                                                  14,509          12,282
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital                       $119,920   $103,909        $ 76,997   $ 55,711        $ 14,903
Total assets                           182,404    147,270         117,362     81,864          38,572
Long-term obligations, net of
  current maturities                     2,481     2,926            2,259      2,465             630
Shareholders' equity(2)                144,865   124,842           92,757     66,796          21,418
________________________

</TABLE>

     (1) During 1993 through the IPO in April 1994 (the "S Period"), the Company
was an S corporation  and,  accordingly,  was not subject to federal and certain
state corporate income taxes. The pro forma statement of income  information has
been  computed as if the Company had been subject to federal and all  applicable
state  corporate  income taxes during the S period,  based on the  statutory tax
rates and the tax laws then in effect.

     (2) The Company declared an aggregate of $8.7 million and $2.5 million in S
corporation  dividends in 1993 and 1994,  respectively.  No other dividends were
declared during the periods presented.

<PAGE>


Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

Business:   Dialogic   designs,   manufactures   and  sells  high   performance,
standards-based  computer telephony (CT) components.  Computer telephony systems
built with Dialogic products manage  telephone,  facsimile and multi-media calls
answered by computer over wireless and wired networks worldwide.  The Company is
headquartered in Parsippany,  New Jersey,  with regional  headquarters in Tokyo,
Japan;  Brussels,  Belgium;  and  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.   Dialogic  employs
approximately 1,000 people worldwide and has offices in major industrial centers
around  the  world. 

     The following table and commentary  should be read in conjunction  with the
Consolidated   Financial  Statements  and  related  Notes  to  the  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Percentage of Revenues

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  certain
statements of income data as a percentage of total revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Percent of Sales            Percent of Change
Year ended December 31,          1997          1996    1995      1997       1996     1995
                                                                   vs.        vs.      vs.
                                                                  1996       1995     1994


<S>                                <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
Revenues                           100.0%      100.0%   100.0%     22.3%     26.7%     32.6%
Gross profit                        62.4        60.3     60.4      26.5      26.5      33.3
Research and
development expense                 19.7        19.0     17.2      26.7      40.0      34.2
Selling, general and administrative
   expenses (including amortization
   of goodwill)                     30.3        28.1     28.3      31.7      26.0      38.8
Merger costs                         -           -        0.8       -       100.0    (100.0)
Interest income -  net               0.6         1.1      1.2     (32.9)     19.8      67.7
Net realized gains on available 
   for sale securities                -          4.3      0.2    (100.0)    100.0     100.0
                                    -----      -----      ---     ------    -----    ------
Income before provision for income
   taxes                            13.0        18.6     15.5     (14.5)     51.9      22.8
Provision for income taxes           4.7         6.6      5.8     (13.8)     44.0      82.2
                                    -----      -----     ----     ------     ----      ----
Net income                           8.3        12.0      9.7     (14.9)(1)  56.7(1)    2.6

</TABLE>
_______________________

(1) During 1996, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $9.1 million as a result
of its first quarter sale of a portion of its equity position in VCS.  Excluding
this gain,  the  percentage  increase of 1997 compared with 1996 would have been
10.1%.  The  percentage  increase  for 1996 as  compared to 1995 would have been
21.8%.  See  Note  3 of  the  Company's  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996

Revenue:  For the year ended December 31, 1997,  consolidated  revenue increased
22.3% to $261.3  million from $213.6  million in fiscal 1996.  Revenue growth in
the Americas  increased  18.6% or $38.1 million.  Revenue growth in the Americas
was impacted by longer than originally anticipated cycles for new product design
wins. International revenues, primarily Europe and Asia/Pacific, increased 29.6%
to $62.7 million from $48.4 million the preceding year. During 1997,  Dialogic's
worldwide  revenue  growth was  favorably  impacted by  increased  sales of high
density  products.  Sales from high density products  represented 55.6% of total
1997 revenue versus 48.7% of the total revenue in 1996.

Gross Profit: Consolidated gross profit for 1997 was 62.4% compared to 60.3% for
the prior year.  The increase in margins  reflects the continued  effects of the
Company's  cost reduction  efforts  across all product  lines.  During 1997, the
Company  substantially  completed its move of  production to a selected  turnkey
manufacturer  resulting  in further  cost  savings.  In  addition,  margins were
impacted  by  favorable  product  mix  related to the  increased  volume of high
density products, offset partially by a one-time charge of $600 thousand for the
settlement of royalties related to a potential patent infringement.

Expenses:  As a  percentage  of  consolidated  revenues,  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased to 30.3% in fiscal 1997 as compared to 28.1%
in the  previous  year.  The  increase  in selling,  general and  administrative
expenses is attributable to the continuing  growth 

<PAGE>

of domestic and international  sales and marketing  efforts  associated with new
product launches and establishment of additional sales offices, costs associated
with internal technology infrastructure and the costs associated with the hiring
and relocation of executive staff members.

     Research  and  development  expense  increased  $10.9  million  to 19.7% of
revenue as compared to 19.0% of revenue in fiscal 1996.  The  increase  reflects
the  Company's  continued   investment  of  engineering   resources  related  to
Dialogic's DM3 Mediastream Resource  Architecture ("DM3") announced in the first
quarter of 1997.

     The Company recognized amortization expense of goodwill associated with the
acquisition of Dianatel Corporation of approximately $1.0 million in fiscal 1997
as compared to $386 thousand in the prior year.

Interest  Income:  The Company recorded $1.6 million net interest income for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to $2.4 million in the previous
fiscal year.  Interest  income in 1997 of $1.8 million was  primarily  generated
from the  Company's  investments  in tax free  securities  as  compared  to $2.5
million in 1996 from tax free  investments  and from the  Company's  election to
convert  accrued  interest  on the note of Voice  Control  Systems,  "VCS."  The
Company  continues  to  invest  a  majority  of its  available  cash in tax free
securities.

Taxes: The effective tax rate for fiscal 1997 was 36.0% as compared to 35.7% for
fiscal 1996.

Net Income:  Net income for fiscal  1997 was $21.8  million or $1.31 per diluted
share as compared to $25.5  million and $1.56 per diluted share for the previous
year.  Net  income in fiscal  1996  included  an  after-tax  gain on the sale of
securities of VCS of $5.8 million or $0.35 per diluted share.

Fiscal 1996 Compared to Fiscal 1995

Revenues:  Consolidated  revenues  increased  26.7% to $214  million  from  $169
million in fiscal 1995.  Revenues in the Americas increased 27.6% year over year
while Europe and Asia/Pacific grew 24.6%.

     During 1996, revenue growth,  primarily attributable to new customers,  was
driven by the sales of high density products, principally T-1 and E-1 Single and
Dual Span  cards.  The  Company  also  experienced  unit growth and, to a lesser
extent, revenue growth in its low density product lines.

Gross Profit:  Consolidated  gross profit for fiscal 1996 was 60.3%  compared to
60.4% for the prior year. During 1996, the Company continued its efforts to cost
reduce many of its products and benefited  from  reductions in overall  material
costs. These reductions in cost of goods sold were partially offset at the gross
profit level by the reduced  revenues  resulting  from the Company's  1996 price
reductions and a one-time charge of $1.0 million  related to a patent  licensing
agreement.

Expenses:  As  a  percentage  of  consolidated  sales,   selling,   general  and
administrative  expenses decreased to 28.1% as compared to 28.3% in the previous
year. The decrease is primarily attributable to the continued growth of domestic
and  international  sales and marketing  efforts,  offset partially by marketing
expenditures  associated  with new  product  launches,  expenses  related to the
Company's  expansion of  distribution  channels and the  development of enhanced
financial and distribution  systems necessary to support the Company's  expanded
business activities. Research and development expense represented 19.0% of sales
in fiscal 1996 as compared to 17.2% in fiscal 1995.  The 1996 increase  reflects
the Company's  DM3  initiative,  engineering  efforts with the  development  and
roll-out  of low and high  density  products,  GammaLink  fax  products  and the
development of software products.

Interest Income:  Dialogic  recorded net interest income of $2.4 million in 1996
as compared to $2.0 million in 1995.  The amounts  recorded  represent  interest
earned on cash balances and interest earned from the Company's elections in 1996
and 1995 to  convert  accrued  interest  on the note of VCS.  During  1996,  the
Company invested a majority of its available cash in tax-free  securities.  Such
securities  generated a 

<PAGE>

lower  pre-tax  yield than the  pre-tax  yield  received by the Company in prior
years on fully taxable  instruments.  See Note 3 of the  Company's  Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Realized  Gains On Available For Sale  Securities:  During 1996, the Company
recorded a net gain of $9.1 million,  primarily as a result of its first quarter
sale of a portion of its equity  position  in VCS.  At December  31,  1996,  the
Company's balance sheet reflected an unrealized gain of $5.6 million  associated
with the balance of Dialogic's equity position in VCS.

Taxes: The effective tax rate declined in fiscal 1996 to 35.7% compared to 37.7%
in fiscal  1995.  The  reduction  in rate is due to tax savings  generated  from
implementation  of a FSC and the effect of  Dialogic's  investment  in  tax-free
securities.

Net Income:  Net income for fiscal  1996 was $25.5  million or $1.56 per diluted
share,  as  compared to $1.02 per diluted  share in fiscal  1995.  Net income in
fiscal 1996 included an after-tax  gain on the sale of securities of VCS of $5.8
million or $0.35 per diluted share.

Inflation, Foreign Currency Exchange and Other Matters

Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company's operating results to
date.  Foreign  currency  transaction  gains and losses are included  within the
Company's  selling,  general and administrative  expenses.  While the amounts of
such gains or losses have not been significant to the Company's results to date,
as the Company  continues to expand its  international  operations,  exposure to
gains and losses on international  currency transactions may increase and may be
material to quarterly and annual results. The consolidated  financial statements
of the Company  reflect the  translation  of the  functional  currencies  of its
foreign  subsidiaries under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")
No. 52.

Year 2000

The Company has  undertaken a major  company-wide  study and testing  program to
locate  and cure any Year 2000  issues in the  products  or  systems on which it
relies. The Company believes its financial  operating systems are currently Year
2000 compliant.  The Company continues to work with other third-party  suppliers
to identify exposure and obtain compliance.  The Company anticipates no material
adverse effect  resulting from Year 2000 problems.  This statement  represents a
forward-looking  statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1997.  Undiscovered issues related to the Year 2000 issues could have an adverse
impact.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had working  capital of $120 million and a
current ratio (i.e., the ratio of current assets to current  liabilities) of 4.7
to 1 as compared with working capital of $104 million and a current ratio of 7.5
to 1 at December 31, 1996.

     The  Company's   consolidated   cash,   cash   equivalents  and  short-term
investments  increased by $24.2 million  during fiscal 1997.  Cash provided from
operations  was  $30.6  million,  while  $24.2  million  was  used in  investing
activities and $500 thousand provided by financing activities.

     The Company's investing activities in fiscal 1997 included  expenditures of
$10.7  million for property and equipment  associated  with the expansion of the
Company's  headquarters  and  costs  associated  with  Dialogic's  move  of  its
GammaLink and Dianatel operations from Sunnyvale to Santa Clara, California.

     Cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $500  thousand,  consisting
primarily of proceeds  from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common
stock. On November 6, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase
program of up to 800,000  shares to be bought over the next three years.  During
1997,  an aggregate of 50,000  shares of treasury  stock was  purchased for $1.9
million cash.

     The Company has financed its operations  primarily  through cash flows from
operations as well as from the net proceeds of its initial  public  offering and
the net realized  gain from its sale of VCS  securities.  Dialogic is a party to
two credit facilities pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to $35 million
on an  unsecured  basis for working  capital  purposes.  See Note 5 and 9 of the
Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

     The Company  believes that the combination of its current  liquidity,  cash
generated from operations and the credit available under its existing bank lines
will  be  sufficient  to meet  its  liquidity  and  capital  requirements.  This
statement  represents a forward looking  statement under the Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The actual  sufficiency of such capital resources
could differ  materially from the Company's  expectations,  depending  primarily
upon the extent to which  unanticipated  capital  requirements may arise and the
extent to which unanticipated events may have a materially adverse effect on the
Company's profitability.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," which is effective for the Company beginning
January 1, 1998. This statement  establishes standards for reporting and display
of  comprehensive  income  and its  components  (revenues,  expenses,  gains and
losses)  in a full set of  general-purpose  financial  statements.  The  Company
believes that the information to be included in deriving  comprehensive  income,
although not currently presented in a separate financial statement, is disclosed
as a part of these financial statements.

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information," which is
effective for the Company beginning January 1, 1998. This statement  establishes
standards for the way that public business  enterprises report information about
operating  segments  in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that these
enterprises  report selected  information  about  operating  segments in interim
financial  reports issued to shareholders.  The Company is currently  evaluating
the  impact  that the  adoption  of SFAS No.  131 will have on its  consolidated
financial statements.

Risks and Uncertainties

Dialogic's business is subject to certain risks which are described in detail in
Item 1 of the Dialogic  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for its year ended  December
31, 1997.  Such risks include but are not limited to,  product demand and market
acceptance  risks, the effect of worldwide  economic  conditions,  the impact of
competitive  products and pricing,  the Company's  ability to enter new markets,
the adoption of new standards and the Company's ability to meet those standards,
product  development,  effects of competitive forces and pace of deregulation in
the  telecommunications  industry,  the status of intellectual  property rights,
commercialization   and   technological   difficulties,   capacity   and  supply
constraints  or  difficulties,   consolidating  of  capital  resources,  general
business conditions and the effect of the Company's  accounting  policies.  Such
factors,  as well as announcements of technological  innovations or new products
by  Dialogic,   its  competitors  or  third-parties,   consolidations  or  other
substantial  changes  within  or  affecting  the  computer  telephony  industry,
quarterly  variations  in the  Company's  results of  operations,  shortfalls in
Dialogic  revenues,  gross  margins or  earnings  as  compared  with  investment
analysts' expectations,  regulatory  development,  capital market conditions and
general and economic  conditions,  may also cause substantial  volatility in the
market price of the Company's common stock. The Company continually  reevaluates
its operations and business  structure and may, from time to time,  take actions
to restructure operations accordingly.

<PAGE>

Independent Auditors' Report

Deloitte &
  Touche LLP



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Dialogic Corporation
Parsippany, New Jersey 07054


     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Dialogic
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.  

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion. 


     In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Dialogic  Corporation  and
subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1997  and  1996,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Parsippany, New Jersey
February 10, 1998
(except for Notes 7 and 9, as to which
the date is February 18, 1998)



<PAGE>


Consolidated Balance Sheets            Dialogic   Corporation  and Subsidiaries


Assets

(Amounts in thousands, except share data
December   31,                                         1997                1996
Current  assets:
  Cash  and  cash equivalents                        $  18,764          $ 11,848
  Marketable securities                                 43,774            26,443
  Convertible note                                        -               11,030
  Accounts receivable (net of allowance 
     for doubtful accounts of $1,280 \
     and $829, respectively)                            45,186           34,706
  Inventory:
     Raw materials                                       8,827           10,399
     Work in process                                     6,724            4,607
     Finished goods                                     14,941           12,756
                                                        ------           ------
                                                        30,492           27,762
   Deferred income taxes                                 7,190            2,817
   Other current assets                                  6,842            5,161
                                                       -------          --------
     Total current assets                              152,248          119,767
Property and equipment:
     Leasehold improvements                              5,049            3,059
     Furniture and fixtures                              6,809            5,843
     Equipment                                          35,084           27,328
                                                        ------           -------
                                                        46,942           36,230
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization    (24,327)         (15,822)
                                                       -------           -------
                                                        22,615           20,408
Excess of cost over net assets acquired 
(less accumulated amortization of $1,488 
and $497, respectively)                                  3,443            4,434
Other assets                                             4,098            2,661
                                                       -------          --------
TOTAL ASSETS                                          $182,404         $147,270
                                                       =======          =======

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

<PAGE>

Consolidated Balance Sheets              Dialogic  Corporation  and Subsidiaries


Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity


(Amounts  in  thousands except share data)
December  31,                                        1997             1996
Current  liabilities:
   Accounts payable                            $    14,361       $   7,043
   Accrued salaries and benefits                     6,390           3,145
   Accrued royalties                                 1,825             248
   Accrued expenses                                  7,986           4,518
   Income taxes payable                              1,237             345
   Current maturities of long-term liabilities         529             559
                                                    ------          -------
      Total current liabilities                     32,328          15,858
                                                    ------          -------
Long-term liabilities                                2,481           2,926
Deferred income taxes                                2,730           3,644
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, par value $0.01 - 10,000,000 
     shares authorized: none issued                    -                 -
  Common stock, par value $0.01 - 60,000,000 
     shares authorized; 16,100,862 and 
     15,774,222 shares issued, respectively            207             203
  Additional paid-in capital                        51,948          46,740
  Retained    earnings                              94,023          72,271
  Net unrealized gains on available for sale
     securities                                        985           5,614
  Cumulative translation adjustments                  (386)             14
  Treasury stock,  at cost; 50,000 shares at 
     December 31, 1997                              (1,912)              -
                                                   -------         -------
       Total shareholders' equity                  144,865         124,842
                                                  --------         -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY        $182,404       $ 147,270
                                                  ========       =========

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Income         Dialogic Corporation and Subsidiaries


(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

December 31,                                 1997             1996         1995
Revenues                                   $261,310         $213,604    $168,652
Cost of goods sold                           98,329           84,764      66,829
                                            -------          -------     -------
Gross profit                                162,981          128,840     101,823
Research and development  expense            51,530           40,666      29,045
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses                                   78,107           59,666      47,617
Amortization of goodwill                        991              386          56
                                            -------          -------     -------
  Operating income                           32,353           28,122      25,105
Merger costs                                   -                 -         1,294
Interest expense                                177               95          44
Interest income                               1,814            2,535       2,080

Net realized (losses) gains on available 
  for  sale  securities                          (4)           9,175         309
                                            -------          -------     -------
Income before provision for income taxes     33,986           39,737      26,156
Provision for income taxes                   12,234           14,189       9,854
                                            -------          -------     -------
Net income                                  $21,752         $ 25,548    $ 16,302
                                             ======          =======     =======
Net  income per share:
     Basic                                  $  1.37         $   1.63    $   1.06
     Diluted                                $  1.31         $   1.56    $   1.02
                                             ======          =======     =======
Weighted average number of common 
  shares outstanding:
     Basic                                   15,931           15,654      15,340
     Diluted                                 16,598           16,417      16,039
                                             ======           ======      ======

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.


<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders'   Dialogic Corporation and Subsidiaries
Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                              Unrealized
                                                                                                              Gains/Losses
                                                                                                                  on         Total
                                                        Note      Additional           Cumulative               Available   Share-
                             Number of Shares  Common  Receivable  Paid-in   Retained  Translation  Treasury    for Sale    holders'
(In thousands)               Common  Treasury  Stock   for Stock   Capital   Earnings  Adjustment   Stock       Securities   Equity

Balance, January  1, 1995    14,709      -      $195    $(285)     $34,523   $29,852     $210        $ -        $ 2,301     $66,796
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                <C>                 <C>                                                      <C>
Exercise of stock options       352      -         4       -           888      -          -           -           -            892
Issuance of common stock
   in connection with
   acquisitions                 430      -         -       -         1,201       569       -           -           -           1,770
Currency translation gain        -       -         -       -             -      -         163          -           -            163
Repayment of note
     receivable for stock        -       -         -      285            -      -          -           -           -            285
Net unrealized gains on
   available for sale securities -       -         -       -             -      -          -           -          4,464       4,464
Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan  15      -         -       -           220      -          -           -            -           220
Purchase and retirement
   of treasury stock            (14)     -         -       -             -     -           -           -            -            -
Tax benefit from exercise of
   stock options                   -     -         -       -          1,865    -           -           -            -         1,865
Net income                         -     -         -       -             -   16,302        -           -            -        16,302
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1995     15,492    -        199      -         38,697  46,723       373          -          6,765      92,757
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercise of stock options         180    -          3      -          1,201    -           -           -             -        1,204
Issuance of common stock
   in connection with
   acquisitions                    55    -          1      -          3,794    -           -           -             -        3,795
Currency translation (loss)        -     -          -      -             -     -         (359)         -             -         (359)
Net unrealized (losses) on
  available for sale securities    -     -          -      -             -     -           -           -         (1,151)     (1,151)
Issuance of common stock under
  employee stock purchase plan     47    -          -      -          1,368     -          -           -             -        1,368
Tax benefit from exercise of
  stock options                    -     -          -      -          1,680     -          -           -             -        1,680
Net income                         -     -          -      -             -    25,548       -           -             -       25,548
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996     15,774    -         203     -         46,740   72,271       14          -          5,614    124,842
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchases of treasury stock        -    (50)        -      -            -       -          -        (1,912)          -      (1,912)
Exercise of stock options         234    -           3     -           1,431    -          -           -             -       1,434
Issuance  of common stock as
   Directors' fees                  3    -          -      -              85    -          -           -             -          85
Currency translation (loss)         -    -          -      -              -     -        (400)         -             -        (400)
Net unrealized (losses) on
   available for sale securities,
   net of tax                       -    -          -      -              -     -          -           -         (4,629)    (4,629)
Issuance of common stock under
   employee stock purchase plan    90    -          1      -           1,716    -          -           -             -       1,717
Tax benefit from exercise of
   stock options                   -     -          -      -           1,976    -          -           -             -       1,976
Net income                         -     -          -      -             -    21,752       -           -             -      21,752
                               ------  ---        ----    ---          ------  ------     ----       ------         ---     -------
Balance, December 31, 1997     16,101  (50)       $207   $ -         $51,948 $94,023    ($386)     ($1,912)       $ 985   $144,865
                               ------  ---        ----    ---         ------  ------      ----       ------         ---    --------
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      Dialogic Corporation and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In  thousands)
Year  ended  December   31,                            1997           1996           1995
Cash  flows from operating  activities:
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>     
Net income                                          $21,752         $ 25,548         $ 16,302
Adjustments for non-cash items included in net income:
     Depreciation and amortization                    9,496            6,103            3,223
     Deferred income taxes                           (2,642)            (587)          (1,107)
     Non-cash interest income                          -              (1,069)            (532)
     Net realized (gain) loss on available for sale
        securities                                        4           (9,175)            (309)
     Non-cash merger costs                             -                 -                609
     Other                                              509            2,134            2,683
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities      1,496          (15,504)         (15,483)
                                                      -----          --------         --------
       Net cash flows provided by operating 
          activities                                 30,615            7,450            5,386
                                                     ------          --------         --------
Investing  Activities:
     Capital expenditures                           (10,712)         (10,722)          (7,614)
     Purchase of short-term investments             (25,656)         (45,937)         (23,257)
     Proceeds from sales of short-term
         investments                                 12,187           44,044           21,808
     Proceeds from sales of other investments          -              10,100             -    
     Acquisition of business, net of  cash  acquired   -                (820)             378
                                                      -----          --------         --------
       Net cash flows used in investing
          activities                                 (24,181)          (3,335)          (8,685)
                                                      -----          --------         --------
Financing Activities:
     Proceeds from short-term
          borrowings                                   -              12,625            2,157
     Repayments on short-term borrowings               -             (12,625)          (2,157)
     Exercise of stock options                        1,434              982              892
     Purchase of treasury stock                      (1,912)             -                -  
     Issuance of common stock                         1,717            1,368              220
     Repayment of note receivable for stock            -                 -                285
     Other                                             (757)            (604)            (392)
                                                      -----          --------         --------
       Net cash flows provided by financing
          activities                                    482            1,746             1,005
                                                      -----          --------         --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      6,916            5,861            (2,294)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of  year        11,848            5,987             8,281
                                                     ------          --------         --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year             $ 18,764       $   11,848          $  5,987
                                                    =======        =========           =======
Change in operating assets and liability components: 
   (Increase) in  accounts receivable             $(10,480)      $   (8,510)         $ (8,169)
   (Increase) in  inventory                         (2,731)          (3,480)          (11,958)
   (Increase) in other current assets               (1,680)          (1,910)             (951)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable          7,318           (2,393)            2,503
    Increase in accrued expenses                     9,069              789             3,092
                                                     ------          --------         --------
          Change in operating assets 
             and liabilities                      $  1,496       $  (15,504)         $(15,483)
                                                   =======        ==========          ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Cash paid during the year for:                
    Interest                                      $    108       $       95          $     28
    Income taxes                                    14,379           13,739             8,264
    Tax benefit from exercise of stock
        options                                      1,979            1,680             1,865
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing 
     and financing activities:
Change in net unrealized (losses)/gains on 
     available for sale securities                  (4,629)          (1,151)            4,464
Stock and options issued for acquisition of business   -              3,795                -

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Dialogic Corporation and Subsidiaries

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business - Dialogic designs,  manufactures and sells high performance,
standards-based  computer  telephony (CT)  components  sold globally to original
equipment  manufacturers,  value-added  resellers and service  providers through
both a direct sales force and distributors. Dialogic products are used in voice,
fax, data, voice  recognition,  speech  synthesis and call center  management CT
applications.  Dialogic  products  are offered as modular  building  blocks that
enable its customers to design CT systems that meet the  application  demands of
their  end-user  customers  and include  software  integral to or provided  with
hardware products and stand-alone system software.

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts  of  Dialogic  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the
"Company"). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

<PAGE>
Use of Estimates - The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management to make certain
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amount of  assets  and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reported period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reclassifications  -  Certain  reclassifications  were made to the 1995 and 1996
consolidated financial statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.

Revenue Recognition - The Company recognizes revenues on the date of shipment.

Inventory  -  Inventory  is  stated at the  lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out
method) or market.

Property and  Equipment - Property and equipment are carried at cost and include
expenditures for major  improvements which  substantially  increase their useful
life. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  When assets are retired
or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related allowances for depreciation and
amortization are eliminated from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is
recognized in the Statement of Operations.

Depreciation and Amortization - For financial reporting  purposes,  depreciation
of equipment, software and fixtures is computed on the straight-line method over
estimated useful lives of one to seven years.  Equipment under capital lease and
leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  shorter  of  lease  terms or
estimated useful life.

Intangible  Assets - Intangible  assets  acquired are  primarily  from  business
acquisitions  and represent the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets
acquired. Excess of cost over fair market value of net assets is being amortized
on a straight-line basis over five years. Amortization expense was $991 thousand
in 1997, $386 thousand in 1996 and $56 thousand in 1995.

Fair Value of Financial  Instruments - The estimated fair value of the Company's
financial  instruments,  which include cash equivalents and accounts receivable,
approximates their carrying value.

Foreign Currency  Translation - The functional  currency for the majority of the
Company's foreign  operations is the applicable local currency.  The translation
from the applicable  foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance
sheet  accounts using the exchange 

<PAGE>

rates in effect at the balance  sheet date and for revenue and expense  accounts
using a weighted average  exchange rate during the period.  The gains and losses
resulting from such translations are included in shareholders'  equity. Gains or
losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  transactions  are  included  in  the
Statement of Operations.

Income Taxes - The Company has adopted the  provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS No.
109 requires the  recognition  of deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary  differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.  Deferred income tax
assets are recognized to the extent  realization of such benefits is more likely
than not.

Research  and  Development  Expenses - Research  and  development  is charged to
expense in the year incurred.

Software  Development  Expenses - The  development of new software  products and
substantial  enhancements to existing  software products is expensed as incurred
until  technological  feasibility  has  been  established,  at  which  time  any
additional  costs would be capitalized  in accordance  with SFAS No. 86. Because
the Company believes its current process for developing  software is essentially
completed concurrently with the establishment of technological  feasibility,  no
costs have been capitalized to date.

Cash  Equivalents and  Investments - Cash  equivalents  include  certificates of
deposit,  government  securities  and time  deposits,  with  maturities of three
months  or less at the time of  purchase.  Short-term  investments  are  similar
investments  with  maturities of more than three months.  Cash  equivalents  are
stated at cost which approximates market value.

     The Company  classifies  its  short-term  investments  and  holdings of VCS
common stock as available-for-sale  securities in accordance with the provisions
of SFAS  No.  115, "Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in Debt  and  Equity
Securities."  Unrealized gains and losses for these securities are excluded from
earnings  and  reported  net of tax as a  separate  component  of  stockholders'
equity.  Realized gains and losses on sales of  investments,  as determined on a
specific  identification  basis, are included in the consolidated  statements of
income.  Fair values are determined by reference to market prices for securities
as quoted based on publicly  traded  exchanges or as  determined  by a municipal
bond pricing  service  which  utilizes  current  trade,  bids,  offers and other
specific data at the valuation date.

Other Assets - Other assets include amounts associated with long-term royalties,
license fees, notes related to executive relocation and deposits.

Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial  instruments which potentially  subject
the Company to  concentration  of credit risk  consist  principally  of accounts
receivable  from  customers in the  computer  telephony  industry.  This risk is
mitigated by the large number of customers in the  Company's  customer  base and
the Company's procedures for extending credit and collection of receivables.

Income Per Share - During the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  the Company
adopted  SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share."  SFAS No. 128  requires  the dual
presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share ("EPS"). Basic EPS excludes
dilution and is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders
by the weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  for the period.
Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options or
other  contracts  to issue  common  stock were  exercised  and  resulted  in the
issuance  of common  stock  that then  shared in the  earnings  of the  Company.
Diluted  EPS is  computed  using the  treasury  stock  method when the effect of
common stock equivalents would be dilutive. All prior periods have been restated
to comply with the provisions of SFAS No. 128. The only reconciling item between
the  denominator  used  to  calculate  basic  EPS and  the  denominator  used to
calculate  diluted  EPS is the  dilutive  effect  of  stock  options  issued  to
employees of the Company.  The Company has issued no other potentially  dilutive
common stock equivalents.

<PAGE>
Accounting  Pronouncements  - In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards
Board issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," which is effective
for the Company beginning January 1, 1998. This statement  establishes standards
for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components  (revenues,
expenses,  gains  and  losses)  in  a  full  set  of  general-purpose  financial
statements. The Company believes that the information to be included in deriving
comprehensive  income,  although not currently presented in a separate financial
statement, is disclosed as a part of these financial statements.

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information," which is
effective for the Company beginning January 1, 1998. This statement  establishes
standards for the way that public business  enterprises report information about
operating  segments  in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that these
enterprises  report selected  information  about  operating  segments in interim
financial  reports issued to shareholders.  The Company is currently  evaluating
the  impact  that the  adoption  of SFAS No.  131 will have on its  consolidated
financial statements.

2.  Acquisitions

     On June 27, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding  common stock
of Dianatel  Corporation in exchange for 55,424 shares of Dialogic Common Stock,
$1.1 million in cash and options to purchase  29,874  shares of Dialogic  Common
Stock.  The merger has been accounted for as a purchase.  The merger resulted in
goodwill of approximately  $4.7 million which is being amortized over five years
beginning with the date of the acquisition.

3. Available For Sale Securities

The following is a summary of the  available for sale  securities as of December
31, 1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Amounts in thousands                         Cost      Gross       Gross     Estimated
                                                      Unrealized  Unrealized   Fair Value
1997                                                   Gains        Losses     

<S>                                        <C>      <C>           <C>           <C>    
Municipal bonds                            $39,863  $    149      $   -         $40,012
Equity investments                           1,954     1,808          -           3,762
                                           ----------------------------------------------
   Total available for sale securities     $41,817  $  1,957      $   -         $43,774
                                           ----------------------------------------------
1996

Municipal bonds                            $26,395  $     48      $   -         $26,443
Convertible note and shares                  1,954     9,076          -          11,030
                                           ----------------------------------------------
   Total available for sale securities     $28,349  $  9,124      $   -         $37,473
                                           ----------------------------------------------
Included  in the convertible note and shares 
are equity securities of $792, net of 
unrealized gains of $274.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

The cost and  estimated  fair value of debt  securities at December 31, 1997, by
contractual maturity, are as follows:

Amounts in thousands

                                                       Cost        Estimated
                                                                   Fair Value
1998                                                 $ 11,608      $ 11,646
1999                                                   11,558        11,608
2000                                                   15,974        16,035
2001                                                      723           723
2002                                                        -             -
Thereafter                                                  -             -
                                                       ------         -----
The  gross  realized  gains on sales of securities 
totaled  approximately $9,345 in 1996, and the gross
realized losses totaled  approximately $170 in 1996
and $4 in 1997.                                      $ 39,863      $ 40,012

     In 1991, the Company  completed a series of agreements  with VCS which were
subsequently amended as of March 14, 1994; such agreements provide,  among other
things, as follows:

     (a) The Company paid $900  thousand in cash for a  convertible  note in the
principal  amount of $1.2 million with  interest at "prime" plus 2% and having a
maturity date of January 1, 1997. In addition,  the Company  received a security
interest in certain  technology.  Under the note agreement,  the Company had the
right to convert all or any part of the principal amount of the note and accrued
interest  into  shares  of VCS  stock at a rate of one  share  for each  $.92 of
principal and interest accrued.

     (b) VCS granted to the  Company an option to purchase up to 914,231  shares
of VCS common stock at a purchase price of $.61 per share.

     During  1996,  the  Company  recognized  interest  income in the  amount of
$1,069,000 based on the estimated fair values of the VCS stock which the Company
elected to receive in lieu of cash on each of the interest  payment dates of the
convertible  note.  During 1996, the Company sold  1,150,000  shares of stock in
VCS's public offering for proceeds of $10.1 million by exercising its option and
by selling  additional  shares  held.  The  Company  realized a pre-tax  gain on
available for sale  securities of $9.1 million.  On January 1, 1997, the Company
converted  the principal of the note into  1,264,474  shares of capital stock of
VCS after which the Company's total holdings in VCS amounted to 1,399,715 shares
of capital stock.

     The fair values of the Company's investments in VCS have been determined by
reference  to the  market  prices  for VCS stock as quoted  on  publicly  traded
exchanges on the respective  valuation  dates.  Prior to December 31, 1997, such
fair values included  discounts to reflect the possible  liquidity in the market
for VCS stock. 

     VCS is a supplier to the Company of certain  proprietary  voice recognition
technologies.  During 1997,  1996 and 1995,  the  Company's  purchases  from VCS
amounted to $3,075,000, $2,953,000 and $5,825,000, respectively.

4.  Employee Benefit Plans

Bonus Plan - The Company has a quarterly  bonus  program in which all  employees
participate,  except certain members of senior management.  Each quarter, a pool
is created based upon the  achievement  of targeted  profit goals.  Payments are
made to employees on a quarterly  basis.  For the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995, the Company recorded  expenses under the program of $1.5 million,
$978 thousand and $990 thousand, respectively.

<PAGE>

Savings Plan - The Company has a savings  plan,  which  qualifies  under Section
401(k)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Under  the  plan,  participating  U.S.
employees  may  defer  up to 15% of  their  pre-tax  salary,  but no  more  than
statutory  limits.   The  Company   contributes  forty  cents  for  each  dollar
contributed  by  a  participant,   with  a  maximum  contribution  of  2%  of  a
participant's earnings. The Company's matching contributions to the savings plan
were $725  thousand,  $458  thousand and $311  thousand in 1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.

Stock  Compensation  Plans - At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had certain
stock-based  compensation  plans which are described  below. The Company applies
APB Opinion  No. 25 and related  Interpretations  in  accounting  for its plans.
Accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been recognized for either type of plan.
Had compensation  cost been determined in accordance with the method of SFAS No.
123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation," based on the fair value at the
grant date for  awards  during  1997,  1996 and 1995,  under  those  plans,  the
Company's  net income and  income per share  would have been  reduced to the pro
forma amounts indicated below:

Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts

                                        1997                1996            1995
Net income:    

   As reported                          $21,752          $ 25,548       $ 16,302
   Pro forma                            $19,126          $ 22,340       $ 14,818
                                        -------           -------        -------
Income per share:          
   As reported
     Basic                              $  1.37          $   1.63       $   1.06
     Diluted                            $  1.31          $   1.56       $   1.02

   Pro forma: 
     Basic                              $  1.20          $   1.43       $   0.97
     Diluted                            $  1.15          $   1.36       $   0.92

     The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 for  providing  pro forma  disclosures
are not likely to be  representative  of the effects on reported  net income for
the future years because  options vest over several years and additional  awards
generally are made each year.  The fair value of the 29,874 stock options issued
in connection with the 1996  acquisition of Dianatel is included in the Dianatel
purchase  price and therefore  does not affect the pro forma  amounts  indicated
above.

Stock Option Plans - The Company has stock option plans for directors,  officers
and other  employees  which  provides  for  non-qualified  and  incentive  stock
options. At December 31, 1997, 1,886,231 shares were available for future grants
under the plans.  All options have been  granted at exercise  prices at or above
fair  market  value at the date of grant  and vest over  periods  of up to seven
years. All options have a maximum term of ten years.

     For the  purposes  of the pro  forma  amounts  indicated  above  and  other
disclosures,  the fair value of each option  grant was  estimated on the date of
grant  using  the   Black-Scholes   option  pricing  model  with  the  following
assumptions:

Year of grant                                     1997           1996      1995
Volatility                                      66% - 98%         75%       75%
Weighted average risk free interest
   rate                                           6.5%           6.3%      6.4%
Expected life (yrs)                                 5              6         6  

No dividends are assumed to be paid during the expected life of any option.

<PAGE>
     A summary of the status of the Company's  stock option plans as of December
31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  and changes during the years ending on those dates is
presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1997                          1996                               1995
                                  Shares     Weighted-Average    Shares    Weighted-Average       Shares     Weighted-Average
                                  000)       Exercise Price      (000)     Exercise Price         (000)      Exercise Price 
Options outstanding
<S>                               <C>          <C>               <C>         <C>                    <C>       <C>  
  at beginning of year~           2,269        $ 16.00           1,962       $  12.00               1,850     $7.00
Granted                             711          34.36             626          31.00                 511      23.00
Exercised                          (235)          6.12            (173)          5.00                (351)      3.00
Forfeited/canceled                 (116)         27.80            (146)         29.00                 (48)     10.00
                                  ------                         ------                             ------
Options outstanding
     at end of year               2,629        $ 21.56           2,269       $  16.00               1,962     $12.00
                                  =====                          =====                              =====

Options exercisable at year end     925                            855            759     
Weighted average fair
   value of options granted
   during the year                     $ 23.83           $23.00          $16.00

</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes  information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Options Outstanding                         Options Exercisable
                              Number       Weighted-Average
                           Outstanding        Remaining               Weighted-Average         Number Exercisable  Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices    at 12/31/97   Contractual life(yrs)       Exercise Price             at 12/31/97        Exercise Price
<C>        <C>              <C>                <C>                     <C>                      <C>             <C>      
$  1.33 to $  4.93          358,000            3.6                     $ 3.68                   322,000         $    3.68
   5.73 to    9.33          374,000            5.6                       7.21                   265,000              7.44
  10.67 to   18.88          343,000            6.3                      15.10                   200,000             14.55
  19.00 to   28.75          806,000            8.0                      24.56                   136,000             23.81
  30.00 to   55.75          748,000            8.8                      36.99                     2,000             31.34

</TABLE>

Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan - On April 28, 1995,  the Company's  stockholders
approved the  establishment  of the Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the "ESPP").
Under the ESPP, employees meeting certain eligibility  requirements may elect to
contribute  up to ten percent of their  compensation  to purchase the  Company's
common  stock at a purchase  price equal to 85% of the fair market  value of the
stock at the  beginning  or end of each  offering  period,  whichever  is lower.
Persons  holding more than 5% of common stock in the Company are not eligible to
participate  in the ESPP.  Under the ESPP,  the Company  reserved for issuance a
total  of  300,000  shares.   Approximately  50%  of  eligible   employees  have
participated  in the ESPP  during  the last  three  years.  Under the ESPP,  the
employees purchased or committed to purchase 90,181, 49,770 and 15,119 shares in
1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  For the  purpose of the pro forma  amounts
indicated above, compensation cost was based on the fair value of the employee's
purchase rights on the date of grant which was estimated using the Black-Scholes
model with the following  assumptions for 1997, 1996 and 1995; no dividends,  an
expected life of .25 years, expected volatility range of 66% to 98% and weighted
average  risk-free  interest  rates of 6.5% and  5.1%.  The fair  value of those
purchase  rights  granted in 1997 and 1996 was $508 thousand and $588  thousand,
respectively.

5.  Credit Facilities

The Company maintains credit facilities, with two different lenders, pursuant to
which the Company may borrow up to $35 million on an unsecured basis for working
capital purposes.

     Loans made  under  these  agreements  bear  interest,  at the option of the
Company,   primarily  at  the  rate  equal  to  the  lenders'   base  rate  less
three-quarter  percent or LIBOR.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  no  borrowings
were  outstanding  pursuant to these credit  facilities.  Future borrowing under
these facilities will be due and payable on November 1, 1998.

<PAGE>
6.  Provision for Income Taxes

Components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

Amounts  in   thousands                      1997           1996         1995
Provision for income taxes:
   Federal                                $   7,848      $ 11,744       $8,798
   Foreign                                    2,273           868          147
   State                                      2,113         1,577          909
                                             ------        ------        -----
    Total                                 $  12,234      $ 14,189       $9,854
                                             ======       =======        =====
Components of income  tax provision:
Current
   Federal                                  $10,447      $ 12,343       $9,724
   Foreign                                    2,259           824          134
   State                                      2,170         1,616        1,136
                                             ------        ------       ------
     Total current                           14,876        14,783       10,994
Deferred
   Federal                                   (2,599)         (599)        (926)
   Foreign                                       14            44           13
   State                                        (57)          (39)        (227)
                                              ------       -------      --------
     Total deferred                          (2,642)         (594)      (1,140)
                                             -------       -------      -------
     Total                                  $12,234       $14,189      $ 9,854
                                             ======        ======       ======

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts calculated for income tax purposes.

<PAGE>

     The  principal  components  of the  deferred  tax assets and  deferred  tax
liabilities are as follows:

Amounts in thousands                     1997                     1996
Deferred tax assets:
Bad debt allowance                 $     424                    $   222
Inventory reserves                     1,256                        645
Credit  memo  reserve                  1,104                        557
Self  insurance reserve                  353                        291
Warranty reserve                         289                        144
Foreign tax credit carryforward        2,271                         -
Deferred  revenue and deferred rent      746                        701
Other reserves                         2,122                        595
Other                                  1,066                        716
                                       -----                      -----
                                       9,631                      3,871
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized  gains on available
for sale securities                     (973)                    (3,507)
Undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries                         (3,332)                         -
Depreciation                           (695)                       (633)
Other                                  (171)                       (558)
                                     -------                     -------
                                     (5,171)                     (4,698)
                                     -------                     -------
Net  deferred tax assets 
  (liabilities)                      $4,460                      $ (827)
                                      =====                       ======

     Reconciliations  between U.S. federal  statutory rate and the effective tax
rate are as follows:

December  31,                           1997           1996             1995
Federal taxes at statutory  rate        35.0%          35.0%            35.0%
State  taxes,  net of  federal
  income tax benefit                     4.7           2.6               2.3
Foreign income subject to a rate
  different from U.S. rate              1.4            0.5                -
Research and development tax credit    (4.0)          (1.8)             (1.7)
Acquisition costs                        -              -                1.6
Foreign sales corporation
   benefit                             (2.6)          (0.8)               -
Tax exempt income                      (1.4)          (0.6)               -
Non-deductible amortization             1.0            0.3                .1
Other                                   1.9            0.5               0.4
                                       ----           ----              ----
Total effective tax rate               36.0%          35.7%             37.7%

     The Company has provided for U.S. federal income taxes on the undistributed
earnings of its  non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  The Company has a net  operating  loss
carryforward of approximately $746,000 in Japan expiring in year 2002.

<PAGE>


7.  Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Lease  Commitments  - Equipment  with a net book value of $202  thousand and
$282 thousand at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively  (net of  accumulated
depreciation  of $681  thousand  and $601  thousand),  is leased  under  capital
leases.
      
     The Company  leases  certain  office/warehouse  space and  equipment  under
operating  leases which expire at various times through 2005. Total rent expense
under operating leases amounted to approximately $6.8 million,  $5.8 million and
$4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
At December 31, 1997, future minimum lease payments are as follows:

Amounts in thousands
                                                  Operating          Capital
Year Ending December 31,                             Leases            Leases
1998                                                $7,472               $40
1999                                                 7,920                40
2000                                                 7,476                40
2001                                                 6,517                30
2002                                                 6,207                 -
Thereafter                                          15,320                 -
                                                    ------               ---
Total                                              $50,912               150
                                                    ------               ---
Amounts representing interest                                             25
                                                                         ---
Present value of minimum lease payments                                  125
                                                                         ---
Current portion                                                       $   29
                                                                         ---

(b) Legal  Proceedings  - In June 1995,  the Company  entered  into a settlement
agreement that resulted in the dismissal of various legal proceedings involving,
among others, the Company and Brooktrout  Technology,  Inc.  ("Brooktrout").  In
November 1995,  Brooktrout filed a complaint in the United States District Court
for the District of Massachusetts  naming the Company,  its GammaLink subsidiary
and its Chairman of the Board as defendants. The complaint sought to rescind the
settlement agreement and obtain unspecified compensatory and punitive damages on
the basis of allegations that the defendants  fraudulently induced Brooktrout to
enter  into the  settlement  agreement.  The  defendants  deny  the  substantive
allegations of this complaint and have filed a counterclaim seeking damages from
Brooktrout.  In December  1996,  the District  Court entered an order of summary
judgment against Brooktrout  dismissing its fraud claims, but leaving unresolved
a statutory  unfair  practice claim by Brooktrout and leaving  unresolved all of
the  defendants'  counterclaims.  Such order  remains  appealable  at this time.
Separately,  the  Company's  Spectron  subsidiary  sued  Brooktrout  for  patent
infringement.  The Company has  retained  the rights to  maintain  this  lawsuit
despite the sale of the Spectron assets.  Although outcomes of legal proceedings
are  difficult  to predict and cannot be assured,  the Company  does not believe
that  such  proceedings  will  materially   adversely  affect  its  consolidated
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

     During  the third  quarter  of 1996,  a  complaint  was filed in New Jersey
Superior  Court against the Company and certain of its  directors  alleging that
the  defendants  breached  principles  of common  law fraud in  connection  with
certain  public  statements  made prior to the  Company's  July 8,  1996,  press
release announcing  preliminary results for the quarter ended June 30, 1996. The
complaint  sought monetary  damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers
of  the  Company's  common  stock.  On  February  18,  1998,  on  motion  by the
defendants, the complaint was dismissed by the court with prejudice.

     The  Company is also  engaged  in other  legal  proceedings  arising in the
ordinary course of business,  the results of which  proceedings are not expected
to have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  consolidated  financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity. 

<PAGE>
8. Operations in Geographic Areas

Information  about the  Company's  operations in different  geographic  areas at
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, and the years then ended is presented below:

Amounts in thousands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Adjustments
                                             Asia/                   and
1997                          Americas     Pacific    Europe       Eliminations     Consolidated

<S>                           <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>    
Revenues:                     
Customers                     $205,975     $ 13,271  $ 42,064      $   -           $261,310
Intercompany                    36,354        6,083     1,292         (43,729)         -
                               ------        ------    ------         --------      -------
Total revenues                $242,329     $ 19,354  $ 43,356      $  (43,729)     $261,310
                              -------       -------   -------         --------      -------
Net income                   $ 20,392      $   (631) $  2,795      $     (804)     $ 21,752
Identifiable assets          $222,805      $  6,154  $ 15,830      $  (62,385)     $182,404
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Adjustments    
                                             Asia/                   and        
1996                          Americas     Pacific    Europe     Eliminations        Consolidated
Revenues:
<S>                           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>                <C>     
Customers                     $171,517    $12,282    $ 29,805    $   -              $213,604
Intercompany                    32,752      4,212       2,071       (39,035)            -    
                               -------     ------      ------     ----------         -------
Total revenues                $204,269    $16,494    $ 31,876    $  (39,035)        $213,604
                               -------     ------      ------     ----------         -------
Net income                    $ 24,788    $   400    $    686    $     (326)        $ 25,548
Identifiable assets           $193,337    $ 6,297    $ 11,531    $  (63,895)        $147,270
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Adjustments
                                             Asia/                   and
1995                          Americas      Pacific   Europe     Eliminations        Consolidated
<S>                           <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>                 <C>
Revenues:
Customers                     $133,930      $ 9,439   $25,283   $    -              $168,652
Intercompany                    26,144        2,688     1,412      (30,244)              -
                               -------     ------      ------     ----------         -------
Total revenues                $160,074      $12,127   $26,695   $  (30,244)         $168,652
                               -------     ------      ------     ----------         -------
Net income                    $ 16,667      $   223   $    26   $     (614)         $ 16,302
Identifiable assets           $131,924      $ 4,063   $ 8,163   $  (26,788)         $117,362
</TABLE>

     The  above-mentioned  revenues  for the Americas  included  export sales to
customers (in Asia/Pacific and Europe): aggregating $33.5 million, $20.2 million
and $14.6  million for fiscal  years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.

<PAGE>

9.  Subsequent Event

On February 17, 1998, Dialogic  Corporation  completed the sale of the principal
assets and operations of Spectron  Microsystems,  a wholly owned subsidiary,  to
Texas Instruments  Incorporated for  approximately $26 million.  The transaction
will result in pre-tax gain to be recognized in the first quarter of 1998 in the
range of $18 to $25  million.  The sale  will not have a  significant  effect on
reported sales or earnings of the Company in future periods.


Supplementary Financial Information

Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Amounts in thousands, except per share data                                   1997
                                   Quarter ended:      March 31,      June 30,       Sept 30,    Dec  31,
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>    
Total revenues                                         $57,089         $63,196        $68,760     $72,265
Gross profit                                            35,320          39,826         42,878      44,957
Net income                                               3,227           4,778          6,352       7,395
Income per share:
     Basic                                             $  .20          $   .30         $ .40      $   .46
     Diluted                                           $  .20          $   .29         $ .38      $   .44

                                                                              1996
                                   Quarter ended:      March 31,       June 30,      Sept 30,     Dec 31,
Total revenues                                         $48,732          $50,054       $55,432     $59,386
Gross profit                                            19,751           19,908        22,733      22,372
Net income(1)                                           10,612            4,566         4,793       5,577
Income per share:(1)
     Basic                                             $  .68           $   .29      $    .31     $    .35
     Diluted                                           $  .65           $   .28      $    .29     $    .34
</TABLE>

_________________
(1) Net of $9.1  million  pre-tax or $ .35 per share  gain on sale of  1,150,000
shares of Voice Control  Systems,  Inc., in the first quarter and a $1.0 million
pre-tax  or $ .04 per share  one-time  charge  related to the  Company's  patent
licensing agreement with Syntellect Technology Corp. in the third quarter.

Market Price and Dividend  Data

                                                       High          Low
Quarter ended March 31, 1996                          $41.50        $25.50
Quarter  ended June 30, 1996                           60.00         36.75
Quarter ended September 30, 1996                       55.25         22.50
Quarter ended December 31, 1996                        38.00         27.00
Quarter ended March 31, 1997                           36.75         19.38
Quarter ended June 30, 1997                            29.25         16.06
Quarter ended September 30, 1997                       43.00         26.87
Quarter ended December 31, 1997                        49.87         36.25

As of January 31, 1998,  there were  approximately  224 holders of record of the
Common Stock.  Since its IPO, the Company has not paid any cash dividends on its
capital stock. The Company's current policy is to retain earnings for its use in
the business. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends
in the future.  Any payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon the
financial condition, capital requirements,  potential growth and earnings of the
Company as well as other factors as the Board of Directors deem relevant.




                                  Exhibit 21.1

                              DIALOGIC CORPORATION

                   PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                           JURISDICTION  OF  ORGANIZATION

Dialogic  Investment  Corporation               New Jersey
Dialogic (NZ) Limited                           New Zealand
Dialogic  Telecom Europe  S.A.                  Belgium
Dialogic  Systems K. K.                         Japan
Dialogic  FSC, Ltd.                             Barbados
Dialogic Israel, Ltd.                           Israel




                                  Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dialogic Corporation
Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statements  No.
333-08183,  No. 333-11373, and No. 333-26993 of Dialogic Corporation of Form S-8
and Registration Statement No. 333-11369 and Amendment No. 1 to Registration No.
333-11369 of Dialogic  Corporation  on Form S-3 of our report dated February 10,
1998  (except  for Notes 7 and 9, as to which the date is  February  18,  1998),
incorporated  by  reference  in this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of  Dialogic
Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1997.


Parsippany, New Jersey                       DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
March 27, 1998


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


     WHEREAS,  the  undersigned  officers and directors of Dialogic  Corporation
desire to authorize Howard G. Bubb, Thomas G. Amato and Theodore M. Weitz to act
as their  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, for the purpose of executing and filing
an Annual Report on Form 10-K, including all amendments thereto,

     NOW, THEREFORE,

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below  constitutes and appoints Howard G. Bubb,  Thomas G. Amato and Theodore M.
Weitz, and each of them, his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and agent,  with
full power of substitution and resubstitution,  to sign the Dialogic Corporation
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  including any
and all  amendments  and  supplements  thereto,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully and to all intents  and  purposes as he might or could do in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this power of attorney in
the following capacities on this 25 day of February, 1998.

   SIGNATURE                                    TITLE

/s/Howard G.Bubb
______________________           President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Howard G. Bubb

                                 Director
/s/Kenneth J. Burkhardt
______________________
Kenneth J. Burkhardt, Jr.


/s/Masao Konomi
______________________           Director
Masao Konomi

                                 Director
/s/John N. Lemasters
_____________________
John N. Lemasters

                                 Director
/s/Francis G. Rodgers
_____________________
Francis G. Rodgers

                                 Director
/s/James J. Shinn
_____________________
James J. Shinn


/s/Nicholas Zwick
_____________________            Director
Nicholas Zwick

/s/Thomas G. Amato
______________________________   Treasurer,  Vice President and Chief Financial 
                                 Officer(Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)
Thomas G. Amato                                       

WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This  financial data schedule  contains a summary of financial  information
extracted  from Dialogic  Corporation's  Balance Sheet at December 31, 1997, and
twelve months income statement ending December 31, 1997, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                   1
<CASH>                                         18,764
<SECURITIES>                                   43,774
<RECEIVABLES>                                  46,466
<ALLOWANCES>                                    1,280
<INVENTORY>                                    30,492
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              152,248
<PP&E>                                         46,942
<DEPRECIATION>                                (24,327)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                182,404
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          32,328
<BONDS>                                             0
                               0
                                         0
<COMMON>                                          207
<OTHER-SE>                                    144,658
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  148,249
<SALES>                                       261,310
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              261,310
<CGS>                                          98,329
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  98,329
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              130,628
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                177
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                33,986
<INCOME-TAX>                                   12,234
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 0
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                   21,752
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    1.37
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    1.31
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission